Compare commits

..

2 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
fur%netscape.com
1c43d4984f This is a copy of regalloc_code2_BRANCH from Netscape's private repository,
as it existed in January of 1998.


git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22571 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-03-02 16:12:08 +00:00
(no author)
cfe021ff88 This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch
'regalloc_code2_BRANCH'.

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/regalloc_code2_BRANCH@22567 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43
1999-03-02 15:57:58 +00:00
2776 changed files with 5324 additions and 1066527 deletions

View File

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
DIRS = include src
ifdef ENABLE_TESTS
DIRS += tests
endif
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
EXPORTS = \
nsres.h \
cdefs.h \
mcom_db.h \
ncompat.h \
winfile.h \
$(NULL)
EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(EXPORTS))
PRIVATE_EXPORTS = \
hsearch.h \
page.h \
extern.h \
ndbm.h \
queue.h \
hash.h \
mpool.h \
search.h \
$(NULL)
PRIVATE_EXPORTS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(PRIVATE_EXPORTS))
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Makefile to build the cert library
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(MOZ_BITS)" == "16"
!ifndef MOZ_DEBUG
OPTIMIZER=-Os -UDEBUG -DNDEBUG
!endif
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Specify the depth of the current directory relative to the
#// root of NS
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH= ..\..
!ifndef MAKE_OBJ_TYPE
MAKE_OBJ_TYPE=EXE
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// install headers
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPORTS=nsres.h cdefs.h mcom_db.h ncompat.h winfile.h
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Include the common makefile rules
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMOZILLA_CLIENT

View File

@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Berkeley Software Design, Inc.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)cdefs.h 8.7 (Berkeley) 1/21/94
*/
#ifndef _CDEFS_H_
#define _CDEFS_H_
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
#define __END_DECLS }
#else
#define __BEGIN_DECLS
#define __END_DECLS
#endif
/*
* The __CONCAT macro is used to concatenate parts of symbol names, e.g.
* with "#define OLD(foo) __CONCAT(old,foo)", OLD(foo) produces oldfoo.
* The __CONCAT macro is a bit tricky -- make sure you don't put spaces
* in between its arguments. __CONCAT can also concatenate double-quoted
* strings produced by the __STRING macro, but this only works with ANSI C.
*/
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
#define __P(protos) protos /* full-blown ANSI C */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* On HP-UX 11.00, <sys/stdsyms.h> defines __const. */
#ifndef __const
#define __const const /* define reserved names to standard */
#endif /* __const */
#define __signed signed
#define __volatile volatile
#ifndef _WINDOWS
#if defined(__cplusplus)
#define __inline inline /* convert to C++ keyword */
#else
#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__MWERKS__)
#define __inline /* delete GCC keyword */
#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
#endif /* !__cplusplus */
#endif /* !_WINDOWS */
#else /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
#define __P(protos) () /* traditional C preprocessor */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x/**/y
#define __STRING(x) "x"
#ifndef __GNUC__
#define __const /* delete pseudo-ANSI C keywords */
#define __inline
#define __signed
#define __volatile
/*
* In non-ANSI C environments, new programs will want ANSI-only C keywords
* deleted from the program and old programs will want them left alone.
* When using a compiler other than gcc, programs using the ANSI C keywords
* const, inline etc. as normal identifiers should define -DNO_ANSI_KEYWORDS.
* When using "gcc -traditional", we assume that this is the intent; if
* __GNUC__ is defined but __STDC__ is not, we leave the new keywords alone.
*/
#ifndef NO_ANSI_KEYWORDS
#define const /* delete ANSI C keywords */
#define inline
#define signed
#define volatile
#endif
#endif /* !__GNUC__ */
#endif /* !(__STDC__ || __cplusplus) */
/*
* GCC1 and some versions of GCC2 declare dead (non-returning) and
* pure (no side effects) functions using "volatile" and "const";
* unfortunately, these then cause warnings under "-ansi -pedantic".
* GCC2 uses a new, peculiar __attribute__((attrs)) style. All of
* these work for GNU C++ (modulo a slight glitch in the C++ grammar
* in the distribution version of 2.5.5).
*/
#if !defined(__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 || __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5
#define __attribute__(x) /* delete __attribute__ if non-gcc or gcc1 */
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
#define __dead __volatile
#define __pure __const
#endif
#endif
/* Delete pseudo-keywords wherever they are not available or needed. */
#ifndef __dead
#define __dead
#define __pure
#endif
#endif /* !_CDEFS_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)extern.h 8.4 (Berkeley) 6/16/94
*/
BUFHEAD *__add_ovflpage (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __addel (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, const DBT *, const DBT *);
int __big_delete (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __big_insert (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, const DBT *, const DBT *);
int __big_keydata (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, DBT *, DBT *, int);
int __big_return (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, DBT *, int);
int __big_split (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, BUFHEAD *, BUFHEAD *,
uint32, uint32, SPLIT_RETURN *);
int __buf_free (HTAB *, int, int);
void __buf_init (HTAB *, int);
uint32 __call_hash (HTAB *, char *, size_t);
int __delpair (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int);
int __expand_table (HTAB *);
int __find_bigpair (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, char *, int);
uint16 __find_last_page (HTAB *, BUFHEAD **);
void __free_ovflpage (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
BUFHEAD *__get_buf (HTAB *, uint32, BUFHEAD *, int);
int __get_page (HTAB *, char *, uint32, int, int, int);
int __ibitmap (HTAB *, int, int, int);
uint32 __log2 (uint32);
int __put_page (HTAB *, char *, uint32, int, int);
void __reclaim_buf (HTAB *, BUFHEAD *);
int __split_page (HTAB *, uint32, uint32);
/* Default hash routine. */
extern uint32 (*__default_hash) (const void *, size_t);
#ifdef HASH_STATISTICS
extern int hash_accesses, hash_collisions, hash_expansions, hash_overflows;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)hash.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/31/94
*/
/* Operations */
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
typedef enum {
HASH_GET, HASH_PUT, HASH_PUTNEW, HASH_DELETE, HASH_FIRST, HASH_NEXT
} ACTION;
/* Buffer Management structures */
typedef struct _bufhead BUFHEAD;
struct _bufhead {
BUFHEAD *prev; /* LRU links */
BUFHEAD *next; /* LRU links */
BUFHEAD *ovfl; /* Overflow page buffer header */
uint32 addr; /* Address of this page */
char *page; /* Actual page data */
char is_disk;
char flags;
#define BUF_MOD 0x0001
#define BUF_DISK 0x0002
#define BUF_BUCKET 0x0004
#define BUF_PIN 0x0008
};
#define IS_BUCKET(X) ((X) & BUF_BUCKET)
typedef BUFHEAD **SEGMENT;
typedef int DBFILE_PTR;
#define NO_FILE -1
#ifdef macintosh
#define DBFILE_OPEN(path, flag,mode) open((path), flag)
#define EXISTS(path)
#else
#define DBFILE_OPEN(path, flag,mode) open((path), (flag), (mode))
#endif
/* Hash Table Information */
typedef struct hashhdr { /* Disk resident portion */
int32 magic; /* Magic NO for hash tables */
int32 version; /* Version ID */
uint32 lorder; /* Byte Order */
int32 bsize; /* Bucket/Page Size */
int32 bshift; /* Bucket shift */
int32 dsize; /* Directory Size */
int32 ssize; /* Segment Size */
int32 sshift; /* Segment shift */
int32 ovfl_point; /* Where overflow pages are being
* allocated */
int32 last_freed; /* Last overflow page freed */
int32 max_bucket; /* ID of Maximum bucket in use */
int32 high_mask; /* Mask to modulo into entire table */
int32 low_mask; /* Mask to modulo into lower half of
* table */
int32 ffactor; /* Fill factor */
int32 nkeys; /* Number of keys in hash table */
int32 hdrpages; /* Size of table header */
uint32 h_charkey; /* value of hash(CHARKEY) */
#define NCACHED 32 /* number of bit maps and spare
* points */
int32 spares[NCACHED];/* spare pages for overflow */
uint16 bitmaps[NCACHED]; /* address of overflow page
* bitmaps */
} HASHHDR;
typedef struct htab { /* Memory resident data structure */
HASHHDR hdr; /* Header */
int nsegs; /* Number of allocated segments */
int exsegs; /* Number of extra allocated
* segments */
uint32 /* Hash function */
(*hash)(const void *, size_t);
int flags; /* Flag values */
DBFILE_PTR fp; /* File pointer */
char *filename;
char *tmp_buf; /* Temporary Buffer for BIG data */
char *tmp_key; /* Temporary Buffer for BIG keys */
BUFHEAD *cpage; /* Current page */
int cbucket; /* Current bucket */
int cndx; /* Index of next item on cpage */
int dbmerrno; /* Error Number -- for DBM
* compatability */
int new_file; /* Indicates if fd is backing store
* or no */
int save_file; /* Indicates whether we need to flush
* file at
* exit */
uint32 *mapp[NCACHED]; /* Pointers to page maps */
int nmaps; /* Initial number of bitmaps */
int nbufs; /* Number of buffers left to
* allocate */
BUFHEAD bufhead; /* Header of buffer lru list */
SEGMENT *dir; /* Hash Bucket directory */
off_t file_size; /* in bytes */
char is_temp; /* unlink file on close */
char updateEOF; /* force EOF update on flush */
} HTAB;
/*
* Constants
*/
#define DATABASE_CORRUPTED_ERROR -999 /* big ugly abort, delete database */
#define OLD_MAX_BSIZE 65536 /* 2^16 */
#define MAX_BSIZE 32l*1024l /* 2^15 */
#define MIN_BUFFERS 6
#define MINHDRSIZE 512
#define DEF_BUFSIZE 65536l /* 64 K */
#define DEF_BUCKET_SIZE 4096
#define DEF_BUCKET_SHIFT 12 /* log2(BUCKET) */
#define DEF_SEGSIZE 256
#define DEF_SEGSIZE_SHIFT 8 /* log2(SEGSIZE) */
#define DEF_DIRSIZE 256
#define DEF_FFACTOR 65536l
#define MIN_FFACTOR 4
#define SPLTMAX 8
#define CHARKEY "%$sniglet^&"
#define NUMKEY 1038583l
#define BYTE_SHIFT 3
#define INT_TO_BYTE 2
#define INT_BYTE_SHIFT 5
#define ALL_SET ((uint32)0xFFFFFFFF)
#define ALL_CLEAR 0
#define PTROF(X) ((ptrdiff_t)(X) == BUF_DISK ? 0 : (X))
#define ISDISK(X) ((X) ? ((ptrdiff_t)(X) == BUF_DISK ? BUF_DISK \
: (X)->is_disk) : 0)
#define BITS_PER_MAP 32
/* Given the address of the beginning of a big map, clear/set the nth bit */
#define CLRBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] &= ~(1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
#define SETBIT(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] |= (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
#define ISSET(A, N) ((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] & (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
/* Overflow management */
/*
* Overflow page numbers are allocated per split point. At each doubling of
* the table, we can allocate extra pages. So, an overflow page number has
* the top 5 bits indicate which split point and the lower 11 bits indicate
* which page at that split point is indicated (pages within split points are
* numberered starting with 1).
*/
#define SPLITSHIFT 11
#define SPLITMASK 0x7FF
#define SPLITNUM(N) (((uint32)(N)) >> SPLITSHIFT)
#define OPAGENUM(N) ((N) & SPLITMASK)
#define OADDR_OF(S,O) ((uint32)((uint32)(S) << SPLITSHIFT) + (O))
#define BUCKET_TO_PAGE(B) \
(B) + hashp->HDRPAGES + ((B) ? hashp->SPARES[__log2((uint32)((B)+1))-1] : 0)
#define OADDR_TO_PAGE(B) \
BUCKET_TO_PAGE ( (1 << SPLITNUM((B))) -1 ) + OPAGENUM((B));
/*
* page.h contains a detailed description of the page format.
*
* Normally, keys and data are accessed from offset tables in the top of
* each page which point to the beginning of the key and data. There are
* four flag values which may be stored in these offset tables which indicate
* the following:
*
*
* OVFLPAGE Rather than a key data pair, this pair contains
* the address of an overflow page. The format of
* the pair is:
* OVERFLOW_PAGE_NUMBER OVFLPAGE
*
* PARTIAL_KEY This must be the first key/data pair on a page
* and implies that page contains only a partial key.
* That is, the key is too big to fit on a single page
* so it starts on this page and continues on the next.
* The format of the page is:
* KEY_OFF PARTIAL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFLPAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* PARTIAL_KEY -- 1
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* FULL_KEY This must be the first key/data pair on the page. It
* is used in two cases.
*
* Case 1:
* There is a complete key on the page but no data
* (because it wouldn't fit). The next page contains
* the data.
*
* Page format it:
* KEY_OFF FULL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFL_PAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* FULL_KEY -- 2
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* Case 2:
* This page contains no key, but part of a large
* data field, which is continued on the next page.
*
* Page format it:
* DATA_OFF FULL_KEY OVFL_PAGENO OVFL_PAGE
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data on
* this page
* FULL_KEY -- 2
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* FULL_KEY_DATA
* This must be the first key/data pair on the page.
* There are two cases:
*
* Case 1:
* This page contains a key and the beginning of the
* data field, but the data field is continued on the
* next page.
*
* Page format is:
* KEY_OFF FULL_KEY_DATA OVFL_PAGENO DATA_OFF
*
* KEY_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the key
* FULL_KEY_DATA -- 3
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* DATA_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data
*
* Case 2:
* This page contains the last page of a big data pair.
* There is no key, only the tail end of the data
* on this page.
*
* Page format is:
* DATA_OFF FULL_KEY_DATA <OVFL_PAGENO> <OVFLPAGE>
*
* DATA_OFF -- offset of the beginning of the data on
* this page
* FULL_KEY_DATA -- 3
* OVFL_PAGENO - page number of the next overflow page
* OVFLPAGE -- 0
*
* OVFL_PAGENO and OVFLPAGE are optional (they are
* not present if there is no next page).
*/
#define OVFLPAGE 0
#define PARTIAL_KEY 1
#define FULL_KEY 2
#define FULL_KEY_DATA 3
#define REAL_KEY 4
/* Short hands for accessing structure */
#undef BSIZE
#define BSIZE hdr.bsize
#undef BSHIFT
#define BSHIFT hdr.bshift
#define DSIZE hdr.dsize
#define SGSIZE hdr.ssize
#define SSHIFT hdr.sshift
#define LORDER hdr.lorder
#define OVFL_POINT hdr.ovfl_point
#define LAST_FREED hdr.last_freed
#define MAX_BUCKET hdr.max_bucket
#define FFACTOR hdr.ffactor
#define HIGH_MASK hdr.high_mask
#define LOW_MASK hdr.low_mask
#define NKEYS hdr.nkeys
#define HDRPAGES hdr.hdrpages
#define SPARES hdr.spares
#define BITMAPS hdr.bitmaps
#define VERSION hdr.version
#define MAGIC hdr.magic
#define NEXT_FREE hdr.next_free
#define H_CHARKEY hdr.h_charkey
extern uint32 (*__default_hash) (const void *, size_t);
void __buf_init(HTAB *hashp, int32 nbytes);
int __big_delete(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp);
BUFHEAD * __get_buf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp, int newpage);
uint32 __call_hash(HTAB *hashp, char *k, size_t len);
#include "page.h"
extern int __big_split(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *op,BUFHEAD *np,
BUFHEAD *big_keyp,uint32 addr,uint32 obucket, SPLIT_RETURN *ret);
void __free_ovflpage(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *obufp);
BUFHEAD * __add_ovflpage(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp);
int __big_insert(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT *val);
int __expand_table(HTAB *hashp);
uint32 __log2(uint32 num);
void __reclaim_buf(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bp);
int __get_page(HTAB *hashp, char * p, uint32 bucket, int is_bucket, int is_disk, int is_bitmap);
int __put_page(HTAB *hashp, char *p, uint32 bucket, int is_bucket, int is_bitmap);
int __ibitmap(HTAB *hashp, int pnum, int nbits, int ndx);
int __buf_free(HTAB *hashp, int do_free, int to_disk);
int __find_bigpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, char *key, int size);
uint16 __find_last_page(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD **bpp);
int __addel(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT * val);
int __big_return(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, DBT *val, int set_current);
int __delpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx);
int __big_keydata(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, DBT *key, DBT *val, int set);
int __split_page(HTAB *hashp, uint32 obucket, uint32 nbucket);

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)search.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
*/
/* Backward compatibility to hsearch interface. */
typedef struct entry {
char *key;
char *data;
} ENTRY;
typedef enum {
FIND, ENTER
} ACTION;
int hcreate (unsigned int);
void hdestroy (void);
ENTRY *hsearch (ENTRY, ACTION);

View File

@@ -1,424 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)db.h 8.7 (Berkeley) 6/16/94
*/
#ifndef _DB_H_
#define _DB_H_
#ifdef WINCE
#define off_t long
#endif
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "prtypes.h"
#include <limits.h>
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H
#include <sys/byteorder.h>
#endif
#if defined(__linux) || defined(__BEOS__)
#include <endian.h>
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#define BYTE_ORDER __BYTE_ORDER
#define BIG_ENDIAN __BIG_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __linux */
#ifdef __sgi
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#endif
#ifdef __sun
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#ifndef __SVR4
/* compat.h is only in 4.1.3 machines. - dp */
#include <compat.h>
#endif
/* XXX - dp
* Need to find a general way of defining endian-ness in SunOS 5.3
* SunOS 5.4 defines _BIG_ENDIAN and _LITTLE_ENDIAN
* SunOS 5.3 does nothing like this.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#if defined(_BIG_ENDIAN)
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#elif defined(_LITTLE_ENDIAN)
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#elif !defined(__SVR4)
/* 4.1.3 is always BIG_ENDIAN as it was released only on sparc platforms. */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#elif !defined(vax) && !defined(ntohl) && !defined(lint) && !defined(i386)
/* 5.3 big endian. Copied this above line from sys/byteorder.h */
/* Now we are in a 5.3 SunOS rather non 5.4 or above SunOS */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* !BYTE_ORDER */
#endif /* __sun */
#if defined(__hpux) || defined(__hppa)
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#endif
#if defined(AIXV3) || defined(AIX)
/* BYTE_ORDER, LITTLE_ENDIAN, BIG_ENDIAN are all defined here */
#include <sys/machine.h>
#endif
/* Digital Unix */
#ifdef __osf__
#include <machine/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef __alpha
#ifndef WIN32
#else
/* Alpha NT */
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#endif
#ifdef NCR
#include <sys/endian.h>
#endif
#ifdef __QNX__
#ifdef __QNXNTO__
#include <sys/param.h>
#else
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif
#ifdef SNI
/* #include <sys/hetero.h> */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#endif
#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#ifdef BYTE_ORDER
#undef BYTE_ORDER
#endif
#define BYTE_ORDER LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax, all NT risc */
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE */
#ifdef SCO
#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(XP_OS2)
#include <stdio.h>
#include <io.h>
#ifndef XP_OS2
#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
#endif
#ifdef XP_OS2_VACPP
#include <os2.h>
#define MAXPATHLEN CCHMAXPATH
#define EPERM EINVAL
#define ENOTDIR EBADPOS
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & S_IFDIR)
#endif
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
#define STDIN_FILENO 0 /* ANSI C #defines */
#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#ifndef O_ACCMODE /* POSIX 1003.1 access mode mask. */
#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)
#endif
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#include <stdio.h>
#include "xp_mcom.h"
#define O_ACCMODE 3 /* Mask for file access modes */
#define EFTYPE 2000
PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
int mkstemp(const char *path);
PR_END_EXTERN_C
#endif /* MACINTOSH */
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh)
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <errno.h>
#endif
/* define EFTYPE since most don't */
#ifndef EFTYPE
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#endif
#define RET_ERROR -1 /* Return values. */
#define RET_SUCCESS 0
#define RET_SPECIAL 1
#define MAX_PAGE_NUMBER 0xffffffff /* >= # of pages in a file */
#ifndef __sgi
typedef uint32 pgno_t;
#endif
#define MAX_PAGE_OFFSET 65535 /* >= # of bytes in a page */
typedef uint16 indx_t;
#define MAX_REC_NUMBER 0xffffffff /* >= # of records in a tree */
typedef uint32 recno_t;
/* Key/data structure -- a Data-Base Thang. */
typedef struct {
void *data; /* data */
size_t size; /* data length */
} DBT;
/* Routine flags. */
#define R_CURSOR 1 /* del, put, seq */
#define __R_UNUSED 2 /* UNUSED */
#define R_FIRST 3 /* seq */
#define R_IAFTER 4 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_IBEFORE 5 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_LAST 6 /* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
#define R_NEXT 7 /* seq */
#define R_NOOVERWRITE 8 /* put */
#define R_PREV 9 /* seq (BTREE, RECNO) */
#define R_SETCURSOR 10 /* put (RECNO) */
#define R_RECNOSYNC 11 /* sync (RECNO) */
typedef enum { DB_BTREE, DB_HASH, DB_RECNO } DBTYPE;
typedef enum { LockOutDatabase, UnlockDatabase } DBLockFlagEnum;
/*
* !!!
* The following flags are included in the dbopen(3) call as part of the
* open(2) flags. In order to avoid conflicts with the open flags, start
* at the top of the 16 or 32-bit number space and work our way down. If
* the open flags were significantly expanded in the future, it could be
* a problem. Wish I'd left another flags word in the dbopen call.
*
* !!!
* None of this stuff is implemented yet. The only reason that it's here
* is so that the access methods can skip copying the key/data pair when
* the DB_LOCK flag isn't set.
*/
#if UINT_MAX > 65535
#define DB_LOCK 0x20000000 /* Do locking. */
#define DB_SHMEM 0x40000000 /* Use shared memory. */
#define DB_TXN 0x80000000 /* Do transactions. */
#else
#define DB_LOCK 0x2000 /* Do locking. */
#define DB_SHMEM 0x4000 /* Use shared memory. */
#define DB_TXN 0x8000 /* Do transactions. */
#endif
/* Access method description structure. */
typedef struct __db {
DBTYPE type; /* Underlying db type. */
int (*close) (struct __db *);
int (*del) (const struct __db *, const DBT *, uint);
int (*get) (const struct __db *, const DBT *, DBT *, uint);
int (*put) (const struct __db *, DBT *, const DBT *, uint);
int (*seq) (const struct __db *, DBT *, DBT *, uint);
int (*sync) (const struct __db *, uint);
void *internal; /* Access method private. */
int (*fd) (const struct __db *);
} DB;
#define BTREEMAGIC 0x053162
#define BTREEVERSION 3
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the btree routines. */
typedef struct {
#define R_DUP 0x01 /* duplicate keys */
uint32 flags;
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
int maxkeypage; /* maximum keys per page */
int minkeypage; /* minimum keys per page */
uint psize; /* page size */
int (*compare) /* comparison function */
(const DBT *, const DBT *);
size_t (*prefix) /* prefix function */
(const DBT *, const DBT *);
int lorder; /* byte order */
} BTREEINFO;
#define HASHMAGIC 0x061561
#define HASHVERSION 2
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the hashing routines. */
typedef struct {
uint bsize; /* bucket size */
uint ffactor; /* fill factor */
uint nelem; /* number of elements */
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
uint32 /* hash function */
(*hash) (const void *, size_t);
int lorder; /* byte order */
} HASHINFO;
/* Structure used to pass parameters to the record routines. */
typedef struct {
#define R_FIXEDLEN 0x01 /* fixed-length records */
#define R_NOKEY 0x02 /* key not required */
#define R_SNAPSHOT 0x04 /* snapshot the input */
uint32 flags;
uint cachesize; /* bytes to cache */
uint psize; /* page size */
int lorder; /* byte order */
size_t reclen; /* record length (fixed-length records) */
uint8 bval; /* delimiting byte (variable-length records */
char *bfname; /* btree file name */
} RECNOINFO;
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
/*
* Little endian <==> big endian 32-bit swap macros.
* M_32_SWAP swap a memory location
* P_32_SWAP swap a referenced memory location
* P_32_COPY swap from one location to another
*/
#define M_32_SWAP(a) { \
uint32 _tmp = a; \
((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3]; \
((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2]; \
((char *)&a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)&a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_32_SWAP(a) { \
uint32 _tmp = *(uint32 *)a; \
((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[3]; \
((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[2]; \
((char *)a)[2] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)a)[3] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_32_COPY(a, b) { \
((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[3]; \
((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[2]; \
((char *)&(b))[2] = ((char *)&(a))[1]; \
((char *)&(b))[3] = ((char *)&(a))[0]; \
}
/*
* Little endian <==> big endian 16-bit swap macros.
* M_16_SWAP swap a memory location
* P_16_SWAP swap a referenced memory location
* P_16_COPY swap from one location to another
*/
#define M_16_SWAP(a) { \
uint16 _tmp = a; \
((char *)&a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)&a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_16_SWAP(a) { \
uint16 _tmp = *(uint16 *)a; \
((char *)a)[0] = ((char *)&_tmp)[1]; \
((char *)a)[1] = ((char *)&_tmp)[0]; \
}
#define P_16_COPY(a, b) { \
((char *)&(b))[0] = ((char *)&(a))[1]; \
((char *)&(b))[1] = ((char *)&(a))[0]; \
}
#endif
PR_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
extern DB *
#else
PR_EXTERN(DB *)
#endif
dbopen (const char *, int, int, DBTYPE, const void *);
/* set or unset a global lock flag to disable the
* opening of any DBM file
*/
void dbSetOrClearDBLock(DBLockFlagEnum type);
#ifdef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
DB *__bt_open (const char *, int, int, const BTREEINFO *, int);
DB *__hash_open (const char *, int, int, const HASHINFO *, int);
DB *__rec_open (const char *, int, int, const RECNOINFO *, int);
void __dbpanic (DB *dbp);
#endif
PR_END_EXTERN_C
#endif /* !_DB_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)mpool.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 7/14/94
*/
#include <sys/queue.h>
/*
* The memory pool scheme is a simple one. Each in-memory page is referenced
* by a bucket which is threaded in up to two of three ways. All active pages
* are threaded on a hash chain (hashed by page number) and an lru chain.
* Inactive pages are threaded on a free chain. Each reference to a memory
* pool is handed an opaque MPOOL cookie which stores all of this information.
*/
#define HASHSIZE 128
#define HASHKEY(pgno) ((pgno - 1) % HASHSIZE)
/* The BKT structures are the elements of the queues. */
typedef struct _bkt {
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(_bkt) hq; /* hash queue */
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(_bkt) q; /* lru queue */
void *page; /* page */
pgno_t pgno; /* page number */
#define MPOOL_DIRTY 0x01 /* page needs to be written */
#define MPOOL_PINNED 0x02 /* page is pinned into memory */
uint8 flags; /* flags */
} BKT;
typedef struct MPOOL {
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(_lqh, _bkt) lqh; /* lru queue head */
/* hash queue array */
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(_hqh, _bkt) hqh[HASHSIZE];
pgno_t curcache; /* current number of cached pages */
pgno_t maxcache; /* max number of cached pages */
pgno_t npages; /* number of pages in the file */
uint32 pagesize; /* file page size */
int fd; /* file descriptor */
/* page in conversion routine */
void (*pgin) (void *, pgno_t, void *);
/* page out conversion routine */
void (*pgout) (void *, pgno_t, void *);
void *pgcookie; /* cookie for page in/out routines */
#ifdef STATISTICS
uint32 cachehit;
uint32 cachemiss;
uint32 pagealloc;
uint32 pageflush;
uint32 pageget;
uint32 pagenew;
uint32 pageput;
uint32 pageread;
uint32 pagewrite;
#endif
} MPOOL;
__BEGIN_DECLS
MPOOL *mpool_open (void *, int, pgno_t, pgno_t);
void mpool_filter (MPOOL *, void (*)(void *, pgno_t, void *),
void (*)(void *, pgno_t, void *), void *);
void *mpool_new (MPOOL *, pgno_t *);
void *mpool_get (MPOOL *, pgno_t, uint);
int mpool_put (MPOOL *, void *, uint);
int mpool_sync (MPOOL *);
int mpool_close (MPOOL *);
#ifdef STATISTICS
void mpool_stat (MPOOL *);
#endif
__END_DECLS

View File

@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)compat.h 8.13 (Berkeley) 2/21/94
*/
#ifndef _COMPAT_H_
#define _COMPAT_H_
#include <sys/types.h>
/*
* If your system doesn't typedef u_long, u_short, or u_char, change
* the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if 0
typedef unsigned char u_char; /* 4.[34]BSD names. */
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef unsigned long u_long;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
#endif
/* If your system doesn't typedef size_t, change the 0 to a 1. */
#if 0
typedef unsigned int size_t; /* POSIX, 4.[34]BSD names. */
#endif
/* If your system doesn't typedef ssize_t, change the 0 to a 1. */
#if 0
typedef int ssize_t; /* POSIX names. */
#endif
/*
* If your system doesn't have the POSIX type for a signal mask,
* change the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if 0 /* POSIX 1003.1 signal mask type. */
typedef unsigned int sigset_t;
#endif
/*
* If your system's vsprintf returns a char *, not an int,
* change the 0 to a 1.
*/
#if defined (__sun) && !defined(__SVR4) /* SUNOS */
#define VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
#endif
/*
* If you don't have POSIX 1003.1 signals, the signal code surrounding the
* temporary file creation is intended to block all of the possible signals
* long enough to create the file and unlink it. All of this stuff is
* intended to use old-style BSD calls to fake POSIX 1003.1 calls.
*/
#ifdef NO_POSIX_SIGNALS
#define sigemptyset(set) (*(set) = 0)
#define sigfillset(set) (*(set) = ~(sigset_t)0, 0)
#define sigaddset(set,signo) (*(set) |= sigmask(signo), 0)
#define sigdelset(set,signo) (*(set) &= ~sigmask(signo), 0)
#define sigismember(set,signo) ((*(set) & sigmask(signo)) != 0)
#define SIG_BLOCK 1
#define SIG_UNBLOCK 2
#define SIG_SETMASK 3
static int __sigtemp; /* For the use of sigprocmask */
/* Repeated test of oset != NULL is to avoid "*0". */
#define sigprocmask(how, set, oset) \
((__sigtemp = \
(((how) == SIG_BLOCK) ? \
sigblock(0) | *(set) : \
(((how) == SIG_UNBLOCK) ? \
sigblock(0) & ~(*(set)) : \
((how) == SIG_SETMASK ? \
*(set) : sigblock(0))))), \
((oset) ? (*(oset ? oset : set) = sigsetmask(__sigtemp)) : \
sigsetmask(__sigtemp)), 0)
#endif
/*
* If your system doesn't have an include file with the appropriate
* byte order set, make sure you specify the correct one.
*/
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234 /* LSB first: i386, vax */
#define BIG_ENDIAN 4321 /* MSB first: 68000, ibm, net */
#define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN /* Set for your system. */
#endif
#if defined(SYSV) || defined(SYSTEM5) || defined(__sun)
#define index(a, b) strchr(a, b)
#define rindex(a, b) strrchr(a, b)
#define bzero(a, b) memset(a, 0, b)
#define bcmp(a, b, n) memcmp(a, b, n)
#define bcopy(a, b, n) memmove(b, a, n)
#endif
#if defined(BSD) || defined(BSD4_3)
#define strchr(a, b) index(a, b)
#define strrchr(a, b) rindex(a, b)
#define memcmp(a, b, n) bcmp(a, b, n)
#define memmove(a, b, n) bcopy(b, a, n)
#endif
/*
* 32-bit machine. The db routines are theoretically independent of
* the size of u_shorts and u_longs, but I don't know that anyone has
* ever actually tried it. At a minimum, change the following #define's
* if you are trying to compile on a different type of system.
*/
#ifndef USHRT_MAX
#define USHRT_MAX 0xFFFF
#define ULONG_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
#ifndef O_ACCMODE /* POSIX 1003.1 access mode mask. */
#define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY|O_WRONLY|O_RDWR)
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX /* POSIX 1003.2 RE limit. */
#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255
#endif
/*
* If you can't provide lock values in the open(2) call. Note, this
* allows races to happen.
*/
#ifndef O_EXLOCK /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define O_EXLOCK 0
#endif
#ifndef O_SHLOCK /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define O_SHLOCK 0
#endif
#ifndef EFTYPE
#define EFTYPE EINVAL /* POSIX 1003.1 format errno. */
#endif
#ifndef WCOREDUMP /* 4.4BSD extension */
#define WCOREDUMP(a) 0
#endif
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
#define STDIN_FILENO 0 /* ANSI C #defines */
#define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_END
#define SEEK_SET 0 /* POSIX 1003.1 seek values */
#define SEEK_CUR 1
#define SEEK_END 2
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_VDISABLE /* POSIX 1003.1 disabling char. */
#define _POSIX_VDISABLE 0 /* Some systems used 0. */
#endif
#ifndef TCSASOFT /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define TCSASOFT 0
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX /* POSIX 1003.2 values. */
#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX 255
#endif
#ifndef NULL /* ANSI C #defines NULL everywhere. */
#define NULL 0
#endif
#ifndef MAX /* Usually found in <sys/param.h>. */
#define MAX(_a,_b) ((_a)<(_b)?(_b):(_a))
#endif
#ifndef MIN /* Usually found in <sys/param.h>. */
#define MIN(_a,_b) ((_a)<(_b)?(_a):(_b))
#endif
/* Default file permissions. */
#ifndef DEFFILEMODE /* 4.4BSD extension. */
#define DEFFILEMODE (S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH)
#endif
#ifndef __sun
#ifndef S_ISDIR /* POSIX 1003.1 file type tests. */
#define S_ISDIR(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0040000) /* directory */
#define S_ISCHR(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0020000) /* char special */
#define S_ISBLK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0060000) /* block special */
#define S_ISREG(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0100000) /* regular file */
#define S_ISFIFO(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0010000) /* fifo */
#endif
#ifndef S_ISLNK /* BSD POSIX 1003.1 extensions */
#define S_ISLNK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0120000) /* symbolic link */
#define S_ISSOCK(m) ((m & 0170000) == 0140000) /* socket */
#endif
#endif /* __sun */
/* The type of a va_list. */
#ifndef _BSD_VA_LIST_ /* 4.4BSD #define. */
#define _BSD_VA_LIST_ char *
#endif
#endif /* !_COMPAT_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)page.h 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/31/94
*/
/*
* Definitions for hashing page file format.
*/
/*
* routines dealing with a data page
*
* page format:
* +------------------------------+
* p | n | keyoff | datoff | keyoff |
* +------------+--------+--------+
* | datoff | free | ptr | --> |
* +--------+---------------------+
* | F R E E A R E A |
* +--------------+---------------+
* | <---- - - - | data |
* +--------+-----+----+----------+
* | key | data | key |
* +--------+----------+----------+
*
* Pointer to the free space is always: p[p[0] + 2]
* Amount of free space on the page is: p[p[0] + 1]
*/
/*
* How many bytes required for this pair?
* 2 shorts in the table at the top of the page + room for the
* key and room for the data
*
* We prohibit entering a pair on a page unless there is also room to append
* an overflow page. The reason for this it that you can get in a situation
* where a single key/data pair fits on a page, but you can't append an
* overflow page and later you'd have to split the key/data and handle like
* a big pair.
* You might as well do this up front.
*/
#ifndef PAGE_H
#define PAGE_H
#define PAIRSIZE(K,D) (2*sizeof(uint16) + (K)->size + (D)->size)
#define BIGOVERHEAD (4*sizeof(uint16))
#define KEYSIZE(K) (4*sizeof(uint16) + (K)->size);
#define OVFLSIZE (2*sizeof(uint16))
#define FREESPACE(P) ((P)[(P)[0]+1])
#define OFFSET(P) ((P)[(P)[0]+2])
#define PAIRFITS(P,K,D) \
(((P)[2] >= REAL_KEY) && \
(PAIRSIZE((K),(D)) + OVFLSIZE) <= FREESPACE((P)))
#define PAGE_META(N) (((N)+3) * sizeof(uint16))
typedef struct {
BUFHEAD *newp;
BUFHEAD *oldp;
BUFHEAD *nextp;
uint16 next_addr;
} SPLIT_RETURN;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)queue.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 12/13/93
*/
#ifndef _QUEUE_H_
#define _QUEUE_H_
/*
* This file defines three types of data structures: lists, tail queues,
* and circular queues.
*
* A list is headed by a single forward pointer (or an array of forward
* pointers for a hash table header). The elements are doubly linked
* so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list after
* an existing element or at the head of the list. A list may only be
* traversed in the forward direction.
*
* A tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
* list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
* linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list after
* an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the
* list. A tail queue may only be traversed in the forward direction.
*
* A circle queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the
* list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly
* linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to
* traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or after
* an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of the list.
* A circle queue may be traversed in either direction, but has a more
* complex end of list detection.
*
* For details on the use of these macros, see the queue(3) manual page.
*/
/*
* List definitions.
*/
#define LIST_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *lh_first; /* first element */ \
}
#define LIST_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *le_next; /* next element */ \
struct type **le_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \
}
/*
* List functions.
*/
#define LIST_INIT(head) { \
(head)->lh_first = NULL; \
}
#define LIST_INSERT_AFTER(listelm, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.le_next = (listelm)->field.le_next) != NULL) \
(listelm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev = \
&(elm)->field.le_next; \
(listelm)->field.le_next = (elm); \
(elm)->field.le_prev = &(listelm)->field.le_next; \
}
#define LIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.le_next = (head)->lh_first) != NULL) \
(head)->lh_first->field.le_prev = &(elm)->field.le_next;\
(head)->lh_first = (elm); \
(elm)->field.le_prev = &(head)->lh_first; \
}
#define LIST_REMOVE(elm, field) { \
if ((elm)->field.le_next != NULL) \
(elm)->field.le_next->field.le_prev = \
(elm)->field.le_prev; \
*(elm)->field.le_prev = (elm)->field.le_next; \
}
/*
* Tail queue definitions.
*/
#define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *tqh_first; /* first element */ \
struct type **tqh_last; /* addr of last next element */ \
}
#define TAILQ_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *tqe_next; /* next element */ \
struct type **tqe_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \
}
/*
* Tail queue functions.
*/
#define TAILQ_INIT(head) { \
(head)->tqh_first = NULL; \
(head)->tqh_last = &(head)->tqh_first; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (head)->tqh_first) != NULL) \
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
&(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
(head)->tqh_first = (elm); \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(head)->tqh_first; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.tqe_next = NULL; \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (head)->tqh_last; \
*(head)->tqh_last = (elm); \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
#define TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next = (listelm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL)\
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
&(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = &(elm)->field.tqe_next; \
(listelm)->field.tqe_next = (elm); \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev = &(listelm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
#define TAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) { \
if (((elm)->field.tqe_next) != NULL) \
(elm)->field.tqe_next->field.tqe_prev = \
(elm)->field.tqe_prev; \
else \
(head)->tqh_last = (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \
*(elm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm)->field.tqe_next; \
}
/*
* Circular queue definitions.
*/
#define CIRCLEQ_HEAD(name, type) \
struct name { \
struct type *cqh_first; /* first element */ \
struct type *cqh_last; /* last element */ \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(type) \
struct { \
struct type *cqe_next; /* next element */ \
struct type *cqe_prev; /* previous element */ \
}
/*
* Circular queue functions.
*/
#define CIRCLEQ_INIT(head) { \
(head)->cqh_first = (void *)(head); \
(head)->cqh_last = (void *)(head); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm)->field.cqe_next; \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm); \
if ((listelm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
else \
(listelm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
(listelm)->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(head, listelm, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (listelm); \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (listelm)->field.cqe_prev; \
if ((listelm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
else \
(listelm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
(listelm)->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (head)->cqh_first; \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (void *)(head); \
if ((head)->cqh_last == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
else \
(head)->cqh_first->field.cqe_prev = (elm); \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) { \
(elm)->field.cqe_next = (void *)(head); \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev = (head)->cqh_last; \
if ((head)->cqh_first == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm); \
else \
(head)->cqh_last->field.cqe_next = (elm); \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm); \
}
#define CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) { \
if ((elm)->field.cqe_next == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_last = (elm)->field.cqe_prev; \
else \
(elm)->field.cqe_next->field.cqe_prev = \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev; \
if ((elm)->field.cqe_prev == (void *)(head)) \
(head)->cqh_first = (elm)->field.cqe_next; \
else \
(elm)->field.cqe_prev->field.cqe_next = \
(elm)->field.cqe_next; \
}
#endif /* !_QUEUE_H_ */

View File

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* @(#)search.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
*/
/* Backward compatibility to hsearch interface. */
typedef struct entry {
char *key;
char *data;
} ENTRY;
typedef enum {
FIND, ENTER
} ACTION;
int hcreate (unsigned int);
void hdestroy (void);
ENTRY *hsearch (ENTRY, ACTION);

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
#ifndef __WATCOM_FIX_H__
#define __WATCOM_FIX_H__ 1
/*
* WATCOM's C compiler doesn't default to "__cdecl" conventions for external
* symbols and functions. Rather than adding an explicit __cdecl modifier to
* every external symbol and function declaration and definition, we use the
* following pragma to (attempt to) change WATCOM c's default to __cdecl.
* These pragmas were taken from pages 180-181, 266 & 269 of the
* Watcom C/C++ version 11 User's Guide, 3rd edition.
*/
#if defined(XP_WIN16) || defined(WIN16)
#pragma aux default "_*" \
parm caller [] \
value struct float struct routine [ax] \
modify [ax bx cx dx es]
#else
#pragma aux default "_*" \
parm caller [] \
value struct float struct routine [eax] \
modify [eax ecx edx]
#endif
#pragma aux default far
#endif /* once */
#endif /* WATCOM compiler */

View File

@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stuff to fake unix file I/O on windows boxes
------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef WINFILE_H
#define WINFILE_H
#ifdef _WINDOWS
/* hacked out of <dirent.h> on an SGI */
#if defined(XP_WIN32) || defined(_WIN32)
/* 32-bit stuff here */
#include <windows.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef __MINGW32__
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#else
#include <sys\types.h>
#include <sys\stat.h>
#endif
typedef struct DIR_Struct {
void * directoryPtr;
WIN32_FIND_DATA data;
} DIR;
#define _ST_FSTYPSZ 16
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
typedef unsigned long mode_t;
typedef long uid_t;
typedef long gid_t;
#ifdef WINCE
typedef long ino_t;
#else
typedef long off_t;
#endif
typedef unsigned long nlink_t;
#endif
typedef struct timestruc {
time_t tv_sec; /* seconds */
long tv_nsec; /* and nanoseconds */
} timestruc_t;
struct dirent { /* data from readdir() */
ino_t d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
off_t d_off; /* offset of disk direntory entry */
unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
char d_name[_MAX_FNAME]; /* name of file */
};
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__) && !defined (__GNUC__)
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & _S_IFDIR)
#endif
#else /* _WIN32 */
/* 16-bit windows stuff */
#include <sys\types.h>
#include <sys\stat.h>
#include <dos.h>
/* Getting cocky to support multiple file systems */
typedef struct dirStruct_tag {
struct _find_t file_data;
char c_checkdrive;
} dirStruct;
typedef struct DIR_Struct {
void * directoryPtr;
dirStruct data;
} DIR;
#define _ST_FSTYPSZ 16
typedef unsigned long mode_t;
typedef long uid_t;
typedef long gid_t;
typedef long off_t;
typedef unsigned long nlink_t;
typedef struct timestruc {
time_t tv_sec; /* seconds */
long tv_nsec; /* and nanoseconds */
} timestruc_t;
struct dirent { /* data from readdir() */
ino_t d_ino; /* inode number of entry */
off_t d_off; /* offset of disk direntory entry */
unsigned short d_reclen; /* length of this record */
#ifdef XP_WIN32
char d_name[_MAX_FNAME]; /* name of file */
#else
char d_name[20]; /* name of file */
#endif
};
#define S_ISDIR(s) ((s) & _S_IFDIR)
#endif /* 16-bit windows */
#define CONST const
#endif /* _WINDOWS */
#endif /* WINFILE_H */

View File

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
LIBRARY_NAME = mozdbm_s
LIB_IS_C_ONLY = 1
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
LIBRARY_NAME = dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
endif
CSRCS = \
db.c \
h_bigkey.c \
h_func.c \
h_log2.c \
h_page.c \
hash.c \
hash_buf.c \
hsearch.c \
mktemp.c \
ndbm.c \
strerror.c \
nsres.c \
$(NULL)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
CSRCS += memmove.c snprintf.c
else
ifeq (,$(filter -DHAVE_MEMMOVE=1,$(ACDEFINES)))
CSRCS += memmove.c
endif
ifeq (,$(filter -DHAVE_SNPRINTF=1,$(ACDEFINES)))
CSRCS += snprintf.c
endif
endif # WINNT
LOCAL_INCLUDES = -I$(srcdir)/../include
FORCE_STATIC_LIB = 1
FORCE_USE_PIC = 1
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
DEFINES += -DMEMMOVE -D__DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE $(SECURITY_FLAG)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINCE)
DEFINES += -D__STDC__ -DDBM_REOPEN_ON_FLUSH
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),AIX)
OS_LIBS += -lc_r
endif

View File

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Makefile to build the cert library
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(MOZ_BITS)" == "16"
!ifndef MOZ_DEBUG
OPTIMIZER=-Os -UDEBUG -DNDEBUG
!endif
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Specify the depth of the current directory relative to the
#// root of NS
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPTH= ..\..
!ifndef MAKE_OBJ_TYPE
MAKE_OBJ_TYPE=EXE
!endif
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define any Public Make Variables here: (ie. PDFFILE, MAPFILE, ...)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBNAME=dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
PDBFILE=$(LIBNAME).pdb
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define the files necessary to build the target (ie. OBJS)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
OBJS= \
.\$(OBJDIR)\db.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_bigkey.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_func.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_log2.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\h_page.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hash.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hash_buf.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\hsearch.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\memmove.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\mktemp.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\ndbm.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\snprintf.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\strerror.obj \
.\$(OBJDIR)\nsres.obj \
$(NULL)
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Define any Public Targets here (ie. PROGRAM, LIBRARY, DLL, ...)
#// (these must be defined before the common makefiles are included)
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBRARY = .\$(OBJDIR)\$(LIBNAME).lib
LINCS = -I..\include
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#//
#// Include the common makefile rules
#//
#//------------------------------------------------------------------------
include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) -DMOZILLA_CLIENT -D__DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
install:: $(LIBRARY)
$(MAKE_INSTALL) $(LIBRARY) $(DIST)\lib

View File

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)db.c 8.4 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifndef __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#define __DBINTERFACE_PRIVATE
#endif
#ifdef macintosh
#include <unix.h>
#else
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
/* a global flag that locks closed all databases */
int all_databases_locked_closed = 0;
/* set or unset a global lock flag to disable the
* opening of any DBM file
*/
void
dbSetOrClearDBLock(DBLockFlagEnum type)
{
if(type == LockOutDatabase)
all_databases_locked_closed = 1;
else
all_databases_locked_closed = 0;
}
#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__WATCOM_CPLUSPLUS__)
DB *
#else
PR_IMPLEMENT(DB *)
#endif
dbopen(const char *fname, int flags,int mode, DBTYPE type, const void *openinfo)
{
/* lock out all file databases. Let in-memory databases through
*/
if(all_databases_locked_closed && fname)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return(NULL);
}
#define DB_FLAGS (DB_LOCK | DB_SHMEM | DB_TXN)
#if 0 /* most systems don't have EXLOCK and SHLOCK */
#define USE_OPEN_FLAGS \
(O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_EXLOCK | O_NONBLOCK | O_RDONLY | \
O_RDWR | O_SHLOCK | O_TRUNC)
#else
#define USE_OPEN_FLAGS \
(O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDONLY | \
O_RDWR | O_TRUNC)
#endif
if ((flags & ~(USE_OPEN_FLAGS | DB_FLAGS)) == 0)
switch (type) {
/* we don't need btree and recno right now */
#if 0
case DB_BTREE:
return (__bt_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
case DB_RECNO:
return (__rec_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
#endif
case DB_HASH:
return (__hash_open(fname, flags & USE_OPEN_FLAGS,
mode, (const HASHINFO *)openinfo, flags & DB_FLAGS));
default:
break;
}
errno = EINVAL;
return (NULL);
}
static int
__dberr()
{
return (RET_ERROR);
}
/*
* __DBPANIC -- Stop.
*
* Parameters:
* dbp: pointer to the DB structure.
*/
void
__dbpanic(DB *dbp)
{
/* The only thing that can succeed is a close. */
dbp->del = (int (*)(const struct __db *, const DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->fd = (int (*)(const struct __db *))__dberr;
dbp->get = (int (*)(const struct __db *, const DBT *, DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->put = (int (*)(const struct __db *, DBT *, const DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->seq = (int (*)(const struct __db *, DBT *, DBT *, uint))__dberr;
dbp->sync = (int (*)(const struct __db *, uint))__dberr;
}

View File

@@ -1,711 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_bigkey.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 5/31/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
/*
* PACKAGE: hash
* DESCRIPTION:
* Big key/data handling for the hashing package.
*
* ROUTINES:
* External
* __big_keydata
* __big_split
* __big_insert
* __big_return
* __big_delete
* __find_last_page
* Internal
* collect_key
* collect_data
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef DEBUG
#include <assert.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
static int collect_key __P((HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, DBT *, int));
static int collect_data __P((HTAB *, BUFHEAD *, int, int));
/*
* Big_insert
*
* You need to do an insert and the key/data pair is too big
*
* Returns:
* 0 ==> OK
*-1 ==> ERROR
*/
extern int
__big_insert(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, const DBT *key, const DBT *val)
{
register uint16 *p;
uint key_size, n, val_size;
uint16 space, move_bytes, off;
char *cp, *key_data, *val_data;
cp = bufp->page; /* Character pointer of p. */
p = (uint16 *)cp;
key_data = (char *)key->data;
key_size = key->size;
val_data = (char *)val->data;
val_size = val->size;
/* First move the Key */
for (space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD; key_size;
space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(space, key_size);
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
memmove(cp + off, key_data, move_bytes);
key_size -= move_bytes;
key_data += move_bytes;
n = p[0];
p[++n] = off;
p[0] = ++n;
FREESPACE(p) = off - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(p) = off;
p[n] = PARTIAL_KEY;
bufp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, bufp);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
n = p[0];
if (!key_size) {
if (FREESPACE(p)) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(FREESPACE(p), val_size);
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
p[n] = off;
memmove(cp + off, val_data, move_bytes);
val_data += move_bytes;
val_size -= move_bytes;
p[n - 2] = FULL_KEY_DATA;
FREESPACE(p) = FREESPACE(p) - move_bytes;
OFFSET(p) = off;
} else
p[n - 2] = FULL_KEY;
}
p = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
cp = bufp->page;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
}
/* Now move the data */
for (space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD; val_size;
space = FREESPACE(p) - BIGOVERHEAD) {
move_bytes = PR_MIN(space, val_size);
/*
* Here's the hack to make sure that if the data ends on the
* same page as the key ends, FREESPACE is at least one.
*/
if (space == val_size && val_size == val->size)
move_bytes--;
off = OFFSET(p) - move_bytes;
memmove(cp + off, val_data, move_bytes);
val_size -= move_bytes;
val_data += move_bytes;
n = p[0];
p[++n] = off;
p[0] = ++n;
FREESPACE(p) = off - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(p) = off;
if (val_size) {
p[n] = FULL_KEY;
bufp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, bufp);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
cp = bufp->page;
p = (uint16 *)cp;
} else
p[n] = FULL_KEY_DATA;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
}
return (0);
}
/*
* Called when bufp's page contains a partial key (index should be 1)
*
* All pages in the big key/data pair except bufp are freed. We cannot
* free bufp because the page pointing to it is lost and we can't get rid
* of its pointer.
*
* Returns:
* 0 => OK
*-1 => ERROR
*/
extern int
__big_delete(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp)
{
register BUFHEAD *last_bfp, *rbufp;
uint16 *bp, pageno;
int key_done, n;
rbufp = bufp;
last_bfp = NULL;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
pageno = 0;
key_done = 0;
while (!key_done || (bp[2] != FULL_KEY_DATA)) {
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY || bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA)
key_done = 1;
/*
* If there is freespace left on a FULL_KEY_DATA page, then
* the data is short and fits entirely on this page, and this
* is the last page.
*/
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA && FREESPACE(bp))
break;
pageno = bp[bp[0] - 1];
rbufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
rbufp = __get_buf(hashp, pageno, rbufp, 0);
if (last_bfp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, last_bfp);
last_bfp = rbufp;
if (!rbufp)
return (-1); /* Error. */
bp = (uint16 *)rbufp->page;
}
/*
* If we get here then rbufp points to the last page of the big
* key/data pair. Bufp points to the first one -- it should now be
* empty pointing to the next page after this pair. Can't free it
* because we don't have the page pointing to it.
*/
/* This is information from the last page of the pair. */
n = bp[0];
pageno = bp[n - 1];
/* Now, bp is the first page of the pair. */
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
if (n > 2) {
/* There is an overflow page. */
bp[1] = pageno;
bp[2] = OVFLPAGE;
bufp->ovfl = rbufp->ovfl;
} else
/* This is the last page. */
bufp->ovfl = NULL;
n -= 2;
bp[0] = n;
FREESPACE(bp) = hashp->BSIZE - PAGE_META(n);
OFFSET(bp) = hashp->BSIZE - 1;
bufp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
if (rbufp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, rbufp);
if (last_bfp != rbufp)
__free_ovflpage(hashp, last_bfp);
hashp->NKEYS--;
return (0);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 = key not found
* -1 = get next overflow page
* -2 means key not found and this is big key/data
* -3 error
*/
extern int
__find_bigpair(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bufp, int ndx, char *key, int size)
{
register uint16 *bp;
register char *p;
int ksize;
uint16 bytes;
char *kkey;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
p = bufp->page;
ksize = size;
kkey = key;
for (bytes = hashp->BSIZE - bp[ndx];
bytes <= size && bp[ndx + 1] == PARTIAL_KEY;
bytes = hashp->BSIZE - bp[ndx]) {
if (memcmp(p + bp[ndx], kkey, bytes))
return (-2);
kkey += bytes;
ksize -= bytes;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[ndx + 2], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-3);
p = bufp->page;
bp = (uint16 *)p;
ndx = 1;
}
if (bytes != ksize || memcmp(p + bp[ndx], kkey, bytes)) {
#ifdef HASH_STATISTICS
++hash_collisions;
#endif
return (-2);
} else
return (ndx);
}
/*
* Given the buffer pointer of the first overflow page of a big pair,
* find the end of the big pair
*
* This will set bpp to the buffer header of the last page of the big pair.
* It will return the pageno of the overflow page following the last page
* of the pair; 0 if there isn't any (i.e. big pair is the last key in the
* bucket)
*/
extern uint16
__find_last_page(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD **bpp)
{
BUFHEAD *bufp;
uint16 *bp, pageno;
uint n;
bufp = *bpp;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
for (;;) {
n = bp[0];
/*
* This is the last page if: the tag is FULL_KEY_DATA and
* either only 2 entries OVFLPAGE marker is explicit there
* is freespace on the page.
*/
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA &&
((n == 2) || (bp[n] == OVFLPAGE) || (FREESPACE(bp))))
break;
/* LJM bound the size of n to reasonable limits
*/
if(n > hashp->BSIZE/sizeof(uint16))
return(0);
pageno = bp[n - 1];
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, pageno, bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (0); /* Need to indicate an error! */
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
}
*bpp = bufp;
if (bp[0] > 2)
return (bp[3]);
else
return (0);
}
/*
* Return the data for the key/data pair that begins on this page at this
* index (index should always be 1).
*/
extern int
__big_return(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int ndx,
DBT *val,
int set_current)
{
BUFHEAD *save_p;
uint16 *bp, len, off, save_addr;
char *tp;
int save_flags;
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
while (bp[ndx + 1] == PARTIAL_KEY) {
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
ndx = 1;
}
if (bp[ndx + 1] == FULL_KEY) {
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
save_p = bufp;
save_addr = save_p->addr;
off = bp[1];
len = 0;
} else
if (!FREESPACE(bp)) {
/*
* This is a hack. We can't distinguish between
* FULL_KEY_DATA that contains complete data or
* incomplete data, so we require that if the data
* is complete, there is at least 1 byte of free
* space left.
*/
off = bp[bp[0]];
len = bp[1] - off;
save_p = bufp;
save_addr = bufp->addr;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!bufp)
return (-1);
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
} else {
/* The data is all on one page. */
tp = (char *)bp;
off = bp[bp[0]];
val->data = (uint8 *)tp + off;
val->size = bp[1] - off;
if (set_current) {
if (bp[0] == 2) { /* No more buckets in
* chain */
hashp->cpage = NULL;
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cndx = 1;
} else {
hashp->cpage = __get_buf(hashp,
bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!hashp->cpage)
return (-1);
hashp->cndx = 1;
if (!((uint16 *)
hashp->cpage->page)[0]) {
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cpage = NULL;
}
}
}
return (0);
}
/* pin our saved buf so that we don't lose if
* we run out of buffers */
save_flags = save_p->flags;
save_p->flags |= BUF_PIN;
val->size = collect_data(hashp, bufp, (int)len, set_current);
save_p->flags = save_flags;
if (val->size == (size_t)-1)
return (-1);
if (save_p->addr != save_addr) {
/* We are pretty short on buffers. */
errno = EINVAL; /* OUT OF BUFFERS */
return (-1);
}
memmove(hashp->tmp_buf, (save_p->page) + off, len);
val->data = (uint8 *)hashp->tmp_buf;
return (0);
}
/*
* Count how big the total datasize is by looping through the pages. Then
* allocate a buffer and copy the data in the second loop. NOTE: Our caller
* may already have a bp which it is holding onto. The caller is
* responsible for copying that bp into our temp buffer. 'len' is how much
* space to reserve for that buffer.
*/
static int
collect_data(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int len, int set)
{
register uint16 *bp;
BUFHEAD *save_bufp;
int save_flags;
int mylen, totlen;
/*
* save the input buf head because we need to walk the list twice.
* pin it to make sure it doesn't leave the buffer pool.
* This has the effect of growing the buffer pool if necessary.
*/
save_bufp = bufp;
save_flags = save_bufp->flags;
save_bufp->flags |= BUF_PIN;
/* read the length of the buffer */
for (totlen = len; bufp ; bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0]-1], bufp, 0)) {
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
/* if mylen ever goes negative it means that the
* page is screwed up.
*/
if (mylen < 0) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
totlen += mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) { /* End of Data */
break;
}
}
if (!bufp) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
/* allocate a temp buf */
if (hashp->tmp_buf)
free(hashp->tmp_buf);
if ((hashp->tmp_buf = (char *)malloc((size_t)totlen)) == NULL) {
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
return (-1);
}
/* copy the buffers back into temp buf */
for (bufp = save_bufp; bufp ;
bufp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0]-1], bufp, 0)) {
bp = (uint16 *)bufp->page;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
memmove(&hashp->tmp_buf[len], (bufp->page) + bp[1], (size_t)mylen);
len += mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) {
break;
}
}
/* 'clear' the pin flags */
save_bufp->flags = save_flags;
/* update the database cursor */
if (set) {
hashp->cndx = 1;
if (bp[0] == 2) { /* No more buckets in chain */
hashp->cpage = NULL;
hashp->cbucket++;
} else {
hashp->cpage = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!hashp->cpage)
return (-1);
else if (!((uint16 *)hashp->cpage->page)[0]) {
hashp->cbucket++;
hashp->cpage = NULL;
}
}
}
return (totlen);
}
/*
* Fill in the key and data for this big pair.
*/
extern int
__big_keydata(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
DBT *key, DBT *val,
int set)
{
key->size = collect_key(hashp, bufp, 0, val, set);
if (key->size == (size_t)-1)
return (-1);
key->data = (uint8 *)hashp->tmp_key;
return (0);
}
/*
* Count how big the total key size is by recursing through the pages. Then
* collect the data, allocate a buffer and copy the key as you recurse up.
*/
static int
collect_key(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *bufp,
int len,
DBT *val,
int set)
{
BUFHEAD *xbp;
char *p;
int mylen, totlen;
uint16 *bp, save_addr;
p = bufp->page;
bp = (uint16 *)p;
mylen = hashp->BSIZE - bp[1];
save_addr = bufp->addr;
totlen = len + mylen;
if (bp[2] == FULL_KEY || bp[2] == FULL_KEY_DATA) { /* End of Key. */
if (hashp->tmp_key != NULL)
free(hashp->tmp_key);
if ((hashp->tmp_key = (char *)malloc((size_t)totlen)) == NULL)
return (-1);
if (__big_return(hashp, bufp, 1, val, set))
return (-1);
} else {
xbp = __get_buf(hashp, bp[bp[0] - 1], bufp, 0);
if (!xbp || ((totlen =
collect_key(hashp, xbp, totlen, val, set)) < 1))
return (-1);
}
if (bufp->addr != save_addr) {
errno = EINVAL; /* MIS -- OUT OF BUFFERS */
return (-1);
}
memmove(&hashp->tmp_key[len], (bufp->page) + bp[1], (size_t)mylen);
return (totlen);
}
/*
* Returns:
* 0 => OK
* -1 => error
*/
extern int
__big_split(
HTAB *hashp,
BUFHEAD *op, /* Pointer to where to put keys that go in old bucket */
BUFHEAD *np, /* Pointer to new bucket page */
/* Pointer to first page containing the big key/data */
BUFHEAD *big_keyp,
uint32 addr, /* Address of big_keyp */
uint32 obucket,/* Old Bucket */
SPLIT_RETURN *ret)
{
register BUFHEAD *tmpp;
register uint16 *tp;
BUFHEAD *bp;
DBT key, val;
uint32 change;
uint16 free_space, n, off;
bp = big_keyp;
/* Now figure out where the big key/data goes */
if (__big_keydata(hashp, big_keyp, &key, &val, 0))
return (-1);
change = (__call_hash(hashp,(char*) key.data, key.size) != obucket);
if ((ret->next_addr = __find_last_page(hashp, &big_keyp))) {
if (!(ret->nextp =
__get_buf(hashp, ret->next_addr, big_keyp, 0)))
return (-1);;
} else
ret->nextp = NULL;
/* Now make one of np/op point to the big key/data pair */
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(np->ovfl == NULL);
#endif
if (change)
tmpp = np;
else
tmpp = op;
tmpp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr,
"BIG_SPLIT: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n", tmpp->addr,
(tmpp->ovfl ? tmpp->ovfl->addr : 0), (bp ? bp->addr : 0));
#endif
tmpp->ovfl = bp; /* one of op/np point to big_keyp */
tp = (uint16 *)tmpp->page;
#if 0 /* this get's tripped on database corrupted error */
assert(FREESPACE(tp) >= OVFLSIZE);
#endif
if(FREESPACE(tp) < OVFLSIZE)
return(DATABASE_CORRUPTED_ERROR);
n = tp[0];
off = OFFSET(tp);
free_space = FREESPACE(tp);
tp[++n] = (uint16)addr;
tp[++n] = OVFLPAGE;
tp[0] = n;
OFFSET(tp) = off;
FREESPACE(tp) = free_space - OVFLSIZE;
/*
* Finally, set the new and old return values. BIG_KEYP contains a
* pointer to the last page of the big key_data pair. Make sure that
* big_keyp has no following page (2 elements) or create an empty
* following page.
*/
ret->newp = np;
ret->oldp = op;
tp = (uint16 *)big_keyp->page;
big_keyp->flags |= BUF_MOD;
if (tp[0] > 2) {
/*
* There may be either one or two offsets on this page. If
* there is one, then the overflow page is linked on normally
* and tp[4] is OVFLPAGE. If there are two, tp[4] contains
* the second offset and needs to get stuffed in after the
* next overflow page is added.
*/
n = tp[4];
free_space = FREESPACE(tp);
off = OFFSET(tp);
tp[0] -= 2;
FREESPACE(tp) = free_space + OVFLSIZE;
OFFSET(tp) = off;
tmpp = __add_ovflpage(hashp, big_keyp);
if (!tmpp)
return (-1);
tp[4] = n;
} else
tmpp = big_keyp;
if (change)
ret->newp = tmpp;
else
ret->oldp = tmpp;
return (0);
}

View File

@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_func.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 2/21/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
#if 0
static uint32 hash1 __P((const void *, size_t));
static uint32 hash2 __P((const void *, size_t));
static uint32 hash3 __P((const void *, size_t));
#endif
static uint32 hash4 __P((const void *, size_t));
/* Global default hash function */
uint32 (*__default_hash) __P((const void *, size_t)) = hash4;
/*
* HASH FUNCTIONS
*
* Assume that we've already split the bucket to which this key hashes,
* calculate that bucket, and check that in fact we did already split it.
*
* This came from ejb's hsearch.
*/
#define PRIME1 37
#define PRIME2 1048583
#if 0
static uint32
hash1(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register uint32 h;
/* Convert string to integer */
for (key = (const uint8 *)keyarg, h = 0; len--;)
h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
h %= PRIME2;
return (h);
}
/*
* Phong's linear congruential hash
*/
#define dcharhash(h, c) ((h) = 0x63c63cd9*(h) + 0x9c39c33d + (c))
static uint32
hash2(const void *keyarg, size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *e, *key;
register uint32 h;
register uint8 c;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
e = key + len;
for (h = 0; key != e;) {
c = *key++;
if (!c && key > e)
break;
dcharhash(h, c);
}
return (h);
}
/*
* This is INCREDIBLY ugly, but fast. We break the string up into 8 byte
* units. On the first time through the loop we get the "leftover bytes"
* (strlen % 8). On every other iteration, we perform 8 HASHC's so we handle
* all 8 bytes. Essentially, this saves us 7 cmp & branch instructions. If
* this routine is heavily used enough, it's worth the ugly coding.
*
* OZ's original sdbm hash
*/
static uint32
hash3(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register size_t loop;
register uint32 h;
#define HASHC h = *key++ + 65599 * h
h = 0;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
if (len > 0) {
loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
case 0:
do {
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 7:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 6:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 5:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 4:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 3:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
HASHC;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
HASHC;
} while (--loop);
}
}
return (h);
}
#endif /* 0 */
/* Hash function from Chris Torek. */
static uint32
hash4(const void *keyarg, register size_t len)
{
register const uint8 *key;
register size_t loop;
register uint32 h;
#define HASH4a h = (h << 5) - h + *key++;
#define HASH4b h = (h << 5) + h + *key++;
#define HASH4 HASH4b
h = 0;
key = (const uint8 *)keyarg;
if (len > 0) {
loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
case 0:
do {
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 7:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 6:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 5:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 4:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 3:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
HASH4;
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
HASH4;
} while (--loop);
}
}
return (h);
}

View File

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_log2.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 5/31/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef macintosh
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
uint32 __log2(uint32 num)
{
register uint32 i, limit;
limit = 1;
for (i = 0; limit < num; limit = limit << 1, i++) {}
return (i);
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,412 +0,0 @@
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Margo Seltzer.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash_buf.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 7/15/94";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
/*
* PACKAGE: hash
*
* DESCRIPTION:
* Contains buffer management
*
* ROUTINES:
* External
* __buf_init
* __get_buf
* __buf_free
* __reclaim_buf
* Internal
* newbuf
*/
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(macintosh) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/param.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef DEBUG
#include <assert.h>
#endif
#include "mcom_db.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "page.h"
/* #include "extern.h" */
static BUFHEAD *newbuf __P((HTAB *, uint32, BUFHEAD *));
/* Unlink B from its place in the lru */
#define BUF_REMOVE(B) { \
(B)->prev->next = (B)->next; \
(B)->next->prev = (B)->prev; \
}
/* Insert B after P */
#define BUF_INSERT(B, P) { \
(B)->next = (P)->next; \
(B)->prev = (P); \
(P)->next = (B); \
(B)->next->prev = (B); \
}
#define MRU hashp->bufhead.next
#define LRU hashp->bufhead.prev
#define MRU_INSERT(B) BUF_INSERT((B), &hashp->bufhead)
#define LRU_INSERT(B) BUF_INSERT((B), LRU)
/*
* We are looking for a buffer with address "addr". If prev_bp is NULL, then
* address is a bucket index. If prev_bp is not NULL, then it points to the
* page previous to an overflow page that we are trying to find.
*
* CAVEAT: The buffer header accessed via prev_bp's ovfl field may no longer
* be valid. Therefore, you must always verify that its address matches the
* address you are seeking.
*/
extern BUFHEAD *
__get_buf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp, int newpage)
/* If prev_bp set, indicates a new overflow page. */
{
register BUFHEAD *bp;
register uint32 is_disk_mask;
register int is_disk, segment_ndx = 0;
SEGMENT segp = 0;
is_disk = 0;
is_disk_mask = 0;
if (prev_bp) {
bp = prev_bp->ovfl;
if (!bp || (bp->addr != addr))
bp = NULL;
if (!newpage)
is_disk = BUF_DISK;
} else {
/* Grab buffer out of directory */
segment_ndx = addr & (hashp->SGSIZE - 1);
/* valid segment ensured by __call_hash() */
segp = hashp->dir[addr >> hashp->SSHIFT];
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(segp != NULL);
#endif
bp = PTROF(segp[segment_ndx]);
is_disk_mask = ISDISK(segp[segment_ndx]);
is_disk = is_disk_mask || !hashp->new_file;
}
if (!bp) {
bp = newbuf(hashp, addr, prev_bp);
if (!bp)
return(NULL);
if(__get_page(hashp, bp->page, addr, !prev_bp, is_disk, 0))
{
/* free bp and its page */
if(prev_bp)
{
/* if prev_bp is set then the new page that
* failed is hooked onto prev_bp as an overflow page.
* if we don't remove the pointer to the bad page
* we may try and access it later and we will die
* horribly because it will have already been
* free'd and overwritten with bogus data.
*/
prev_bp->ovfl = NULL;
}
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp->page);
free(bp);
return (NULL);
}
if (!prev_bp)
{
#if 0
/* 16 bit windows and mac can't handle the
* oring of the is disk flag.
*/
segp[segment_ndx] =
(BUFHEAD *)((ptrdiff_t)bp | is_disk_mask);
#else
/* set the is_disk thing inside the structure
*/
bp->is_disk = is_disk_mask;
segp[segment_ndx] = bp;
#endif
}
} else {
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
MRU_INSERT(bp);
}
return (bp);
}
/*
* We need a buffer for this page. Either allocate one, or evict a resident
* one (if we have as many buffers as we're allowed) and put this one in.
*
* If newbuf finds an error (returning NULL), it also sets errno.
*/
static BUFHEAD *
newbuf(HTAB *hashp, uint32 addr, BUFHEAD *prev_bp)
{
register BUFHEAD *bp; /* The buffer we're going to use */
register BUFHEAD *xbp; /* Temp pointer */
register BUFHEAD *next_xbp;
SEGMENT segp;
int segment_ndx;
uint16 oaddr, *shortp;
oaddr = 0;
bp = LRU;
/*
* If LRU buffer is pinned, the buffer pool is too small. We need to
* allocate more buffers.
*/
if (hashp->nbufs || (bp->flags & BUF_PIN)) {
/* Allocate a new one */
if ((bp = (BUFHEAD *)malloc(sizeof(BUFHEAD))) == NULL)
return (NULL);
/* this memset is supposedly unnecessary but lets add
* it anyways.
*/
memset(bp, 0xff, sizeof(BUFHEAD));
if ((bp->page = (char *)malloc((size_t)hashp->BSIZE)) == NULL) {
free(bp);
return (NULL);
}
/* this memset is supposedly unnecessary but lets add
* it anyways.
*/
memset(bp->page, 0xff, (size_t)hashp->BSIZE);
if (hashp->nbufs)
hashp->nbufs--;
} else {
/* Kick someone out */
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
/*
* If this is an overflow page with addr 0, it's already been
* flushed back in an overflow chain and initialized.
*/
if ((bp->addr != 0) || (bp->flags & BUF_BUCKET)) {
/*
* Set oaddr before __put_page so that you get it
* before bytes are swapped.
*/
shortp = (uint16 *)bp->page;
if (shortp[0])
{
if(shortp[0] > (hashp->BSIZE / sizeof(uint16)))
{
return(NULL);
}
oaddr = shortp[shortp[0] - 1];
}
if ((bp->flags & BUF_MOD) && __put_page(hashp, bp->page,
bp->addr, (int)IS_BUCKET(bp->flags), 0))
return (NULL);
/*
* Update the pointer to this page (i.e. invalidate it).
*
* If this is a new file (i.e. we created it at open
* time), make sure that we mark pages which have been
* written to disk so we retrieve them from disk later,
* rather than allocating new pages.
*/
if (IS_BUCKET(bp->flags)) {
segment_ndx = bp->addr & (hashp->SGSIZE - 1);
segp = hashp->dir[bp->addr >> hashp->SSHIFT];
#ifdef DEBUG
assert(segp != NULL);
#endif
if (hashp->new_file &&
((bp->flags & BUF_MOD) ||
ISDISK(segp[segment_ndx])))
segp[segment_ndx] = (BUFHEAD *)BUF_DISK;
else
segp[segment_ndx] = NULL;
}
/*
* Since overflow pages can only be access by means of
* their bucket, free overflow pages associated with
* this bucket.
*/
for (xbp = bp; xbp->ovfl;) {
next_xbp = xbp->ovfl;
xbp->ovfl = 0;
xbp = next_xbp;
/* leave pinned pages alone, we are still using
* them. */
if (xbp->flags & BUF_PIN) {
continue;
}
/* Check that ovfl pointer is up date. */
if (IS_BUCKET(xbp->flags) ||
(oaddr != xbp->addr))
break;
shortp = (uint16 *)xbp->page;
if (shortp[0])
{
/* LJM is the number of reported
* pages way too much?
*/
if(shortp[0] > hashp->BSIZE/sizeof(uint16))
return NULL;
/* set before __put_page */
oaddr = shortp[shortp[0] - 1];
}
if ((xbp->flags & BUF_MOD) && __put_page(hashp,
xbp->page, xbp->addr, 0, 0))
return (NULL);
xbp->addr = 0;
xbp->flags = 0;
BUF_REMOVE(xbp);
LRU_INSERT(xbp);
}
}
}
/* Now assign this buffer */
bp->addr = addr;
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr, "NEWBUF1: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n",
bp->addr, (bp->ovfl ? bp->ovfl->addr : 0), 0);
#endif
bp->ovfl = NULL;
if (prev_bp) {
/*
* If prev_bp is set, this is an overflow page, hook it in to
* the buffer overflow links.
*/
#ifdef DEBUG1
(void)fprintf(stderr, "NEWBUF2: %d->ovfl was %d is now %d\n",
prev_bp->addr, (prev_bp->ovfl ? bp->ovfl->addr : 0),
(bp ? bp->addr : 0));
#endif
prev_bp->ovfl = bp;
bp->flags = 0;
} else
bp->flags = BUF_BUCKET;
MRU_INSERT(bp);
return (bp);
}
extern void __buf_init(HTAB *hashp, int32 nbytes)
{
BUFHEAD *bfp;
int npages;
bfp = &(hashp->bufhead);
npages = (nbytes + hashp->BSIZE - 1) >> hashp->BSHIFT;
npages = PR_MAX(npages, MIN_BUFFERS);
hashp->nbufs = npages;
bfp->next = bfp;
bfp->prev = bfp;
/*
* This space is calloc'd so these are already null.
*
* bfp->ovfl = NULL;
* bfp->flags = 0;
* bfp->page = NULL;
* bfp->addr = 0;
*/
}
extern int
__buf_free(HTAB *hashp, int do_free, int to_disk)
{
BUFHEAD *bp;
int status = -1;
/* Need to make sure that buffer manager has been initialized */
if (!LRU)
return (0);
for (bp = LRU; bp != &hashp->bufhead;) {
/* Check that the buffer is valid */
if (bp->addr || IS_BUCKET(bp->flags)) {
if (to_disk && (bp->flags & BUF_MOD) &&
(status = __put_page(hashp, bp->page,
bp->addr, IS_BUCKET(bp->flags), 0))) {
if (do_free) {
if (bp->page)
free(bp->page);
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp);
}
return (status);
}
}
/* Check if we are freeing stuff */
if (do_free) {
if (bp->page)
free(bp->page);
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
free(bp);
bp = LRU;
} else
bp = bp->prev;
}
return (0);
}
extern void
__reclaim_buf(HTAB *hashp, BUFHEAD *bp)
{
bp->ovfl = 0;
bp->addr = 0;
bp->flags = 0;
BUF_REMOVE(bp);
LRU_INSERT(bp);
}

View File

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
#if defined(__sun) && !defined(__SVR4)
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
* Chris Torek.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)bcopy.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#include <string.h>
/*
* sizeof(word) MUST BE A POWER OF TWO
* SO THAT wmask BELOW IS ALL ONES
*/
typedef int word; /* "word" used for optimal copy speed */
#define wsize sizeof(word)
#define wmask (wsize - 1)
/*
* Copy a block of memory, handling overlap.
* This is the routine that actually implements
* (the portable versions of) bcopy, memcpy, and memmove.
*/
#ifdef MEMCOPY
void *
memcpy(dst0, src0, length)
#else
#ifdef MEMMOVE
void *
memmove(dst0, src0, length)
#else
void
bcopy(src0, dst0, length)
#endif
#endif
void *dst0;
const void *src0;
register size_t length;
{
register char *dst = dst0;
register const char *src = src0;
register size_t t;
if (length == 0 || dst == src) /* nothing to do */
goto done;
/*
* Macros: loop-t-times; and loop-t-times, t>0
*/
#define TLOOP(s) if (t) TLOOP1(s)
#define TLOOP1(s) do { s; } while (--t)
if ((unsigned long)dst < (unsigned long)src) {
/*
* Copy forward.
*/
t = (int)src; /* only need low bits */
if ((t | (int)dst) & wmask) {
/*
* Try to align operands. This cannot be done
* unless the low bits match.
*/
if ((t ^ (int)dst) & wmask || length < wsize)
t = length;
else
t = wsize - (t & wmask);
length -= t;
TLOOP1(*dst++ = *src++);
}
/*
* Copy whole words, then mop up any trailing bytes.
*/
t = length / wsize;
TLOOP(*(word *)dst = *(word *)src; src += wsize; dst += wsize);
t = length & wmask;
TLOOP(*dst++ = *src++);
} else {
/*
* Copy backwards. Otherwise essentially the same.
* Alignment works as before, except that it takes
* (t&wmask) bytes to align, not wsize-(t&wmask).
*/
src += length;
dst += length;
t = (int)src;
if ((t | (int)dst) & wmask) {
if ((t ^ (int)dst) & wmask || length <= wsize)
t = length;
else
t &= wmask;
length -= t;
TLOOP1(*--dst = *--src);
}
t = length / wsize;
TLOOP(src -= wsize; dst -= wsize; *(word *)dst = *(word *)src);
t = length & wmask;
TLOOP(*--dst = *--src);
}
done:
#if defined(MEMCOPY) || defined(MEMMOVE)
return (dst0);
#else
return;
#endif
}
#endif /* no __sgi */
/* Some compilers don't like an empty source file. */
static int dummy = 0;

View File

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)mktemp.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#ifdef macintosh
#include <unix.h>
#else
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifdef XP_OS2_VACPP
#include <process.h>
#endif
#ifdef _WINDOWS
#include <process.h>
#include "winfile.h"
#endif
static int _gettemp(char *path, register int *doopen, int extraFlags);
int
mkstemp(char *path)
{
#ifdef XP_OS2
FILE *temp = tmpfile();
return (temp ? fileno(temp) : -1);
#else
int fd;
return (_gettemp(path, &fd, 0) ? fd : -1);
#endif
}
int
mkstempflags(char *path, int extraFlags)
{
int fd;
return (_gettemp(path, &fd, extraFlags) ? fd : -1);
}
char *
mktemp(char *path)
{
return(_gettemp(path, (int *)NULL, 0) ? path : (char *)NULL);
}
/* NB: This routine modifies its input string, and does not always restore it.
** returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
*/
static int
_gettemp(char *path, register int *doopen, int extraFlags)
{
#if !defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(_WIN32)
extern int errno;
#endif
register char *start, *trv;
struct stat sbuf;
unsigned int pid;
pid = getpid();
for (trv = path; *trv; ++trv); /* extra X's get set to 0's */
while (*--trv == 'X') {
*trv = (pid % 10) + '0';
pid /= 10;
}
/*
* check the target directory; if you have six X's and it
* doesn't exist this runs for a *very* long time.
*/
for (start = trv + 1;; --trv) {
char saved;
if (trv <= path)
break;
saved = *trv;
if (saved == '/' || saved == '\\') {
int rv;
*trv = '\0';
rv = stat(path, &sbuf);
*trv = saved;
if (rv)
return(0);
if (!S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)) {
errno = ENOTDIR;
return(0);
}
break;
}
}
for (;;) {
if (doopen) {
if ((*doopen =
open(path, O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_RDWR|extraFlags, 0600)) >= 0)
return(1);
if (errno != EEXIST)
return(0);
}
else if (stat(path, &sbuf))
return(errno == ENOENT ? 1 : 0);
/* tricky little algorithm for backward compatibility */
for (trv = start;;) {
if (!*trv)
return(0);
if (*trv == 'z')
*trv++ = 'a';
else {
if (isdigit(*trv))
*trv = 'a';
else
++*trv;
break;
}
}
}
/*NOTREACHED*/
}

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#ifndef HAVE_SNPRINTF
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_CDEFS_H
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
#else
#include "cdefs.h"
#endif
#include "prtypes.h"
#include <ncompat.h>
/* The OS/2 VAC compiler doesn't appear to define __STDC__ and won't let us define it either */
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <stdarg.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
int
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
snprintf(char *str, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...)
#else
snprintf(str, n, fmt, va_alist)
char *str;
size_t n;
const char *fmt;
va_dcl
#endif
{
va_list ap;
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
char *rp;
#else
int rval;
#endif
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
va_start(ap, fmt);
#else
va_start(ap);
#endif
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
rp = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (strlen(rp));
#else
rval = vsprintf(str, fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (rval);
#endif
}
int
vsnprintf(str, n, fmt, ap)
char *str;
size_t n;
const char *fmt;
va_list ap;
{
#ifdef VSPRINTF_CHARSTAR
return (strlen(vsprintf(str, fmt, ap)));
#else
return (vsprintf(str, fmt, ap));
#endif
}
#endif /* HAVE_SNPRINTF */
/* Some compilers don't like an empty source file. */
static int dummy = 0;

View File

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. ***REMOVED*** - see
* ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/pub/4bsd/README.Impt.License.Change
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strerror.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
#include "watcomfx.h"
#include <string.h>
#ifdef _DLL
#define sys_nerr (*_sys_nerr_dll)
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_STRERROR
#ifndef _AFXDLL
char *
strerror(num)
int num;
{
extern int sys_nerr;
extern char *sys_errlist[];
#define UPREFIX "Unknown error: "
static char ebuf[40] = UPREFIX; /* 64-bit number + slop */
register unsigned int errnum;
register char *p, *t;
char tmp[40];
errnum = num; /* convert to unsigned */
if (errnum < sys_nerr)
return(sys_errlist[errnum]);
/* Do this by hand, so we don't include stdio(3). */
t = tmp;
do {
*t++ = "0123456789"[errnum % 10];
} while (errnum /= 10);
for (p = ebuf + sizeof(UPREFIX) - 1;;) {
*p++ = *--t;
if (t <= tmp)
break;
}
return(ebuf);
}
#endif
#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */

View File

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MODULE = dbm
PACKAGE_FILE = dbmtest.pkg
PROGRAM = lots$(BIN_SUFFIX)
CSRCS = lots.c
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
EXTRA_DSO_LIBS = dbm$(MOZ_BITS)
else
EXTRA_DSO_LIBS = mozdbm_s
endif
LIBS = $(EXTRA_DSO_LIBS)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
[gecko-tests]
dist/bin/lots@BINS@

View File

@@ -1,638 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/* use sequental numbers printed to strings
* to store lots and lots of entries in the
* database.
*
* Start with 100 entries, put them and then
* read them out. Then delete the first
* half and verify that all of the first half
* is gone and then verify that the second
* half is still there.
* Then add the first half back and verify
* again. Then delete the middle third
* and verify again.
* Then increase the size by 1000 and do
* the whole add delete thing again.
*
* The data for each object is the number string translated
* to hex and replicated a random number of times. The
* number of times that the data is replicated is the first
* int32 in the data.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
#include <stdarg.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
#include <memory.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include "mcom_db.h"
DB *database=0;
int MsgPriority=5;
#if defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(WIN32)
#define int32 long
#define uint32 unsigned long
#else
#define int32 int
#define uint32 unsigned int
#endif
typedef enum {
USE_LARGE_KEY,
USE_SMALL_KEY
} key_type_enum;
#define TraceMe(priority, msg) \
do { \
if(priority <= MsgPriority) \
{ \
ReportStatus msg; \
} \
} while(0)
int
ReportStatus(char *string, ...)
{
va_list args;
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
va_start(args, string);
#else
va_start(args);
#endif
vfprintf(stderr, string, args);
va_end(args);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
return(0);
}
int
ReportError(char *string, ...)
{
va_list args;
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
va_start(args, string);
#else
va_start(args);
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "\n ");
vfprintf(stderr, string, args);
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
va_end(args);
return(0);
}
DBT * MakeLargeKey(int32 num)
{
int32 low_bits;
static DBT rv;
static char *string_rv=0;
int rep_char;
size_t size;
if(string_rv)
free(string_rv);
/* generate a really large text key derived from
* an int32
*/
low_bits = (num % 10000) + 1;
/* get the repeat char from the low 26 */
rep_char = (char) ((low_bits % 26) + 'a');
/* malloc a string low_bits wide */
size = low_bits*sizeof(char);
string_rv = (char *)malloc(size);
memset(string_rv, rep_char, size);
rv.data = string_rv;
rv.size = size;
return(&rv);
}
DBT * MakeSmallKey(int32 num)
{
static DBT rv;
static char data_string[64];
rv.data = data_string;
sprintf(data_string, "%ld", (long)num);
rv.size = strlen(data_string);
return(&rv);
}
DBT * GenKey(int32 num, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key;
switch(key_type)
{
case USE_LARGE_KEY:
key = MakeLargeKey(num);
break;
case USE_SMALL_KEY:
key = MakeSmallKey(num);
break;
default:
abort();
break;
}
return(key);
}
int
SeqDatabase()
{
int status;
DBT key, data;
ReportStatus("SEQuencing through database...");
/* seq throught the whole database */
if(!(status = (*database->seq)(database, &key, &data, R_FIRST)))
{
while(!(status = (database->seq) (database, &key, &data, R_NEXT)));
; /* null body */
}
if(status < 0)
ReportError("Error seq'ing database");
return(status);
}
int
VerifyData(DBT *data, int32 num, key_type_enum key_type)
{
int32 count, compare_num;
size_t size;
int32 *int32_array;
/* The first int32 is count
* The other n entries should
* all equal num
*/
if(data->size < sizeof(int32))
{
ReportError("Data size corrupted");
return -1;
}
memcpy(&count, data->data, sizeof(int32));
size = sizeof(int32)*(count+1);
if(size != data->size)
{
ReportError("Data size corrupted");
return -1;
}
int32_array = (int32*)data->data;
for(;count > 0; count--)
{
memcpy(&compare_num, &int32_array[count], sizeof(int32));
if(compare_num != num)
{
ReportError("Data corrupted");
return -1;
}
}
return(0);
}
/* verify that a range of number strings exist
* or don't exist. And that the data is valid
*/
#define SHOULD_EXIST 1
#define SHOULD_NOT_EXIST 0
int
VerifyRange(int32 low, int32 high, int32 should_exist, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key, data;
int32 num;
int status;
TraceMe(1, ("Verifying: %ld to %ld, using %s keys",
low, high, key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
for(num = low; num <= high; num++)
{
key = GenKey(num, key_type);
status = (*database->get)(database, key, &data, 0);
if(status == 0)
{
/* got the item */
if(!should_exist)
{
ReportError("Item exists but shouldn't: %ld", num);
}
else
{
/* else verify the data */
VerifyData(&data, num, key_type);
}
}
else if(status > 0)
{
/* item not found */
if(should_exist)
{
ReportError("Item not found but should be: %ld", num);
}
}
else
{
/* database error */
ReportError("Database error");
return(-1);
}
}
TraceMe(1, ("Correctly verified: %ld to %ld", low, high));
return(0);
}
DBT *
GenData(int32 num)
{
int32 n;
static DBT *data=0;
int32 *int32_array;
size_t size;
if(!data)
{
data = (DBT*)malloc(sizeof(DBT));
data->size = 0;
data->data = 0;
}
else if(data->data)
{
free(data->data);
}
n = rand();
n = n % 512; /* bound to a 2K size */
size = sizeof(int32)*(n+1);
int32_array = (int32 *) malloc(size);
memcpy(&int32_array[0], &n, sizeof(int32));
for(; n > 0; n--)
{
memcpy(&int32_array[n], &num, sizeof(int32));
}
data->data = (void*)int32_array;
data->size = size;
return(data);
}
#define ADD_RANGE 1
#define DELETE_RANGE 2
int
AddOrDelRange(int32 low, int32 high, int action, key_type_enum key_type)
{
DBT *key, *data;
#if 0 /* only do this if your really analy checking the puts */
DBT tmp_data;
#endif
int32 num;
int status;
if(action != ADD_RANGE && action != DELETE_RANGE)
assert(0);
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
TraceMe(1, ("Adding: %ld to %ld: %s keys", low, high,
key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
}
else
{
TraceMe(1, ("Deleting: %ld to %ld: %s keys", low, high,
key_type == USE_SMALL_KEY ? "SMALL" : "LARGE"));
}
for(num = low; num <= high; num++)
{
key = GenKey(num, key_type);
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
data = GenData(num);
status = (*database->put)(database, key, data, 0);
}
else
{
status = (*database->del)(database, key, 0);
}
if(status < 0)
{
ReportError("Database error %s item: %ld",
action == ADD_RANGE ? "ADDING" : "DELETING",
num);
}
else if(status > 0)
{
ReportError("Could not %s item: %ld",
action == ADD_RANGE ? "ADD" : "DELETE",
num);
}
else if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
#define SYNC_EVERY_TIME
#ifdef SYNC_EVERY_TIME
status = (*database->sync)(database, 0);
if(status != 0)
ReportError("Database error syncing after add");
#endif
#if 0 /* only do this if your really analy checking the puts */
/* make sure we can still get it
*/
status = (*database->get)(database, key, &tmp_data, 0);
if(status != 0)
{
ReportError("Database error checking item just added: %d",
num);
}
else
{
/* now verify that none of the ones we already
* put in have disappeared
*/
VerifyRange(low, num, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
}
#endif
}
}
if(action == ADD_RANGE)
{
TraceMe(1, ("Successfully added: %ld to %ld", low, high));
}
else
{
TraceMe(1, ("Successfully deleted: %ld to %ld", low, high));
}
return(0);
}
int
TestRange(int32 low, int32 range, key_type_enum key_type)
{
int status; int32 low_of_range1, high_of_range1; int32 low_of_range2, high_of_range2;
int32 low_of_range3, high_of_range3;
status = AddOrDelRange(low, low+range, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 1"));
SeqDatabase();
low_of_range1 = low;
high_of_range1 = low+(range/2);
low_of_range2 = high_of_range1+1;
high_of_range2 = low+range;
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, low_of_range2, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 2"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 3"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 4"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 5"));
SeqDatabase();
low_of_range1 = low;
high_of_range1 = low+(range/3);
low_of_range2 = high_of_range1+1;
high_of_range2 = high_of_range1+(range/3);
low_of_range3 = high_of_range2+1;
high_of_range3 = low+range;
/* delete range 2 */
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, DELETE_RANGE, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range1, high_of_range1, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range2, low_of_range2, SHOULD_NOT_EXIST, key_type);
status = VerifyRange(low_of_range3, low_of_range2, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 6"));
SeqDatabase();
status = AddOrDelRange(low_of_range2, high_of_range2, ADD_RANGE, key_type);
/* the whole thing should exist now */
status = VerifyRange(low, low+range, SHOULD_EXIST, key_type);
TraceMe(1, ("Finished with sub test 7"));
return(0);
}
#define START_RANGE 109876
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
int32 i, j=0;
int quick_exit = 0;
int large_keys = 0;
HASHINFO hash_info = {
16*1024,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0};
if(argc > 1)
{
while(argc > 1)
{
if(!strcmp(argv[argc-1], "-quick"))
quick_exit = 1;
else if(!strcmp(argv[argc-1], "-large"))
{
large_keys = 1;
}
argc--;
}
}
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, &hash_info);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not open database");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
if(quick_exit)
{
if(large_keys)
TestRange(START_RANGE, 200, USE_LARGE_KEY);
else
TestRange(START_RANGE, 200, USE_SMALL_KEY);
(*database->sync)(database, 0);
(*database->close)(database);
exit(0);
}
for(i=100; i < 10000000; i+=200)
{
if(1 || j)
{
TestRange(START_RANGE, i, USE_LARGE_KEY);
j = 0;
}
else
{
TestRange(START_RANGE, i, USE_SMALL_KEY);
j = 1;
}
if(1 == rand() % 3)
{
(*database->sync)(database, 0);
}
if(1 == rand() % 3)
{
/* close and reopen */
(*database->close)(database);
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, 0);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not reopen database");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
}
else
{
/* reopen database without closeing the other */
database = dbopen("test.db", O_RDWR | O_CREAT, 0644, DB_HASH, 0);
if(!database)
{
ReportError("Could not reopen database "
"after not closing the other");
#ifdef unix
perror("");
#endif
exit(1);
}
}
}
return(0);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
//
Int32 BitSet::nextOne(Int32 pos) const
{
++pos;
if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
return -1;
Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
Word* ptr = &word[offset];
Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
++index;
currentWord >>= 1;
}
return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
}
Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (ptr < limit) {
++offset;
currentWord = *ptr++;
if (currentWord != Word(0)) {
index = 0;
while ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
++index;
currentWord >>= 1;
}
return (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
}
}
return -1;
}
// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
//
Int32 BitSet::nextZero(Int32 pos) const
{
++pos;
if (pos < 0 || Uint32(pos) >= universeSize)
return -1;
Uint32 offset = getWordOffset(pos);
Uint8 index = getBitOffset(pos);
Word* ptr = &word[offset];
Word currentWord = *ptr++ >> index;
if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
for (; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
}
currentWord >>= 1;
}
}
Word* limit = &word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (ptr < limit) {
++offset;
currentWord = *ptr++;
if (currentWord != Word(~0)) {
for (index = 0; index < nBitsInWord; ++index) {
if ((currentWord & Word(1)) == 0) {
Int32 ret = (offset << nBitsInWordLog2) + index;
return (Uint32(ret) < universeSize) ? ret : -1;
}
currentWord >>= 1;
}
}
}
return -1;
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
//
void BitSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("[ "));
for (Int32 i = firstOne(); i != -1; i = nextOne(i)) {
Int32 currentBit = i;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", currentBit));
Int32 nextBit = nextOne(currentBit);
if (nextBit != currentBit + 1) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" "));
continue;
}
while ((nextBit != -1) && (nextBit == (currentBit + 1))) {
currentBit = nextBit;
nextBit = nextOne(nextBit);
}
if (currentBit > (i+1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("-%d ", currentBit));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" %d ", currentBit));
i = currentBit;
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("]\n"));
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _BITSET_H_
#define _BITSET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include <string.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// BitSet -
class BitSet
{
private:
#if (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 64)
typedef Uint64 Word;
#elif (PR_BITS_PER_WORD == 32)
typedef Uint32 Word;
#endif
static const nBitsInWord = PR_BITS_PER_WORD;
static const nBytesInWord = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD;
static const nBitsInWordLog2 = PR_BITS_PER_WORD_LOG2;
static const nBytesInWordLog2 = PR_BYTES_PER_WORD_LOG2;
// Return the number of Word need to store the universe.
static Uint32 getSizeInWords(Uint32 sizeOfUniverse) {return (sizeOfUniverse + (nBitsInWord - 1)) >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
// Return the given element offset in its containing Word.
static Uint32 getBitOffset(Uint32 element) {return element & (nBitsInWord - 1);}
// Return the Word offset for the given element int the universe.
static Uint32 getWordOffset(Uint32 element) {return element >> nBitsInWordLog2;}
// Return the mask for the given bit index.
static Word getMask(Uint8 index) {return Word(1) << index;}
private:
Uint32 universeSize; // Size of the universe
Word* word; // universe memory.
private:
// No copy constructor.
BitSet(const BitSet&);
// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
void checkUniverseCompatibility(const BitSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
public:
// Create a bitset of universeSize bits.
BitSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {word = new(pool) Word[getSizeInWords(universeSize)]; clear();}
// Return the size of this bitset.
Uint32 getSize() const {return universeSize;}
// Clear the bitset.
void clear() {memset(word, 0x00, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
// Clear the bit at index.
void clear(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] &= ~getMask(index);}
// Set the bitset.
void set() {memset(word, 0xFF, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);}
// Set the bit at index.
void set(Uint32 index) {checkMember(index); word[getWordOffset(index)] |= getMask(index);}
// Return true if the bit at index is set.
bool test(Uint32 index) const {checkMember(index); return (word[getWordOffset(index)] & getMask(index)) != 0;}
// Union with the given bitset.
inline void or(const BitSet& set);
// Intersection with the given bitset.
inline void and(const BitSet& set);
// Difference with the given bitset.
inline void difference(const BitSet& set);
// Copy set.
inline BitSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
// Return true if the bitset are identical.
friend bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
// Return true if the bitset are different.
friend bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2);
// Logical operators.
BitSet& operator |= (const BitSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
BitSet& operator &= (const BitSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
BitSet& operator -= (const BitSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Return the first bit at set to true or -1 if none.
Int32 firstOne() const {return nextOne(-1);}
// Return the next bit after index set to true or -1 if none.
Int32 nextOne(Int32 pos) const;
// Return the first bit at set to false or -1 if none.
Int32 firstZero() const {return nextZero(-1);}
// Return the next bit after index set to false or -1 if none.
Int32 nextZero(Int32 pos) const;
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef Int32 iterator;
// Return true if the walk is ordered.
static bool isOrdered() {return true;}
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const {return firstOne();}
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return nextOne(pos);}
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == -1;}
// Return the element corresponding to the given iterator.
Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return pos;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
// Union with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::or(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ |= *src++;
}
// Intersection with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::and(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ &= *src++;
}
// Difference with the given bitset.
//
inline void BitSet::difference(const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Word* src = set.word;
Word* dst = word;
Word* limit = &src[getSizeInWords(universeSize)];
while (src < limit)
*dst++ &= ~*src++;
}
// Copy the given set into this set.
//
inline BitSet& BitSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
if (this != &set)
memcpy(word, set.word, getSizeInWords(universeSize) << nBytesInWordLog2);
return *this;
}
// Return true if the given set is identical to this set.
inline bool operator == (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2)
{
set1.checkUniverseCompatibility(set2);
if (&set1 == &set2)
return true;
return memcmp(set1.word, set2.word, BitSet::getSizeInWords(set1.universeSize) << BitSet::nBytesInWordLog2) == 0;
}
inline bool operator != (const BitSet& set1, const BitSet& set2) {return !(set1 == set2);}
#endif // _BITSET_H

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _COALESCING_H_
#define _COALESCING_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#if 1
// Performing an ultra conservative coalescing meens that when we look at
// candidates (source,destination) for coalescing we need to make sure
// that the combined interference of the source and destination register
// will not exceed the total number of register available for the register
// class.
#define ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
#else
// If we are not doing an ultra conservative coalescing we have to make sure
// that the total number of neighbor whose degree is greater than the total
// number of register is not greater than the total number of register.
#undef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
#endif
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Coalescing
{
static bool coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coalescing<RegisterPressure>::coalesce(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
// Initialize the lookup table
//
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* newRange = new RegisterName[2 * rangeCount];
RegisterName* coalescedRange = &newRange[rangeCount];
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
init(coalescedRange, rangeCount);
SparseSet interferences(pool, rangeCount);
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
bool removedInstructions = false;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.lndList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Walk the nodes in the loop nesting depth list.
for (Int32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
InstructionList::iterator it = instructions.begin();
while (!instructions.done(it)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(it);
it = instructions.advance(it);
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
RegisterName destination = findRoot(name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()], coalescedRange);
if (source == destination) {
instruction.remove();
} else if (!iGraph.interfere(source, destination)) {
InterferenceVector* sourceVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(source);
InterferenceVector* destinationVector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(destination);
#ifdef ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
interferences.clear();
InterferenceVector* vector;
for (vector = sourceVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
}
for (vector = destinationVector; vector != NULL; vector = vector->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = vector->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < vector->count; i++)
interferences.set(findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange));
}
Uint32 count = interferences.getSize();
#else // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
trespass("not implemented");
Uint32 count = 0;
#endif // ULTRA_CONSERVATIVE_COALESCING
if (count < 6 /* FIX: should get the number from the class */) {
// Update the interferences vector.
if (sourceVector == NULL) {
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(source, destinationVector);
sourceVector = destinationVector;
} else if (destinationVector == NULL)
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
else {
InterferenceVector* last = NULL;
for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next)
last = v;
assert(last);
last->next = destinationVector;
iGraph.setInterferenceVector(destination, sourceVector);
}
// Update the interference matrix.
for (InterferenceVector* v = sourceVector; v != NULL; v = v->next) {
RegisterName* neighbors = v->neighbors;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < v->count; i++) {
RegisterName neighbor = findRoot(neighbors[i], coalescedRange);
iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, source);
iGraph.setInterference(neighbor, destination);
}
}
instruction.remove();
coalescedRange[source] = destination;
removedInstructions = true;
}
}
}
}
}
registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, coalescedRange, registerAllocator.nameCount, rangeCount);
delete newRange;
return removedInstructions;
}
#endif // _COALESCING_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
#include "Coloring.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "FastBitSet.h"
#include "FastBitMatrix.h"
#include "CpuInfo.h"
bool Coloring::
assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix)
{
PRUint32 *stackPtr = new(pool) PRUint32[vRegManager.count()];
return select(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr, simplify(interferenceMatrix, stackPtr));
}
PRInt32 Coloring::
getLowestSpillCostRegister(FastBitSet& bitset)
{
PRInt32 lowest = bitset.firstOne();
if (lowest != -1)
{
Flt32 cost = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(lowest).spillInfo.spillCost;
for (PRInt32 r = bitset.nextOne(lowest); r != -1; r = bitset.nextOne(r))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost && (vReg.spillInfo.spillCost < cost))
{
cost = vReg.spillInfo.spillCost;
lowest = r;
}
}
}
return lowest;
}
PRUint32* Coloring::
simplify(FastBitMatrix interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackPtr)
{
// first we construct the sets low and high. low contains all nodes of degree
// inferior to the number of register available on the processor. All the
// nodes with an high degree and a finite spill cost are placed in high.
// Nodes of high degree and infinite spill cost are not included in either sets.
PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet low(pool, nRegisters);
FastBitSet high(pool, nRegisters);
FastBitSet stack(pool, nRegisters);
for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
{
stack.set(i);
vReg.colorRegister(nRegisters);
}
else
{
if (vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree < NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS)
low.set(i);
else // if (!vReg.spillInfo.infiniteSpillCost)
high.set(i);
// Set coloring info.
vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = false;
switch(vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
vReg.colorRegister(LAST_GREGISTER + 1);
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
vReg.colorRegister(LAST_FPREGISTER + 1);
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false); // Cannot happen.
}
}
}
// push the stack registers
PRInt32 j;
for (j = stack.firstOne(); j != -1; j = stack.nextOne(j))
*stackPtr++ = j;
// simplify
while (true)
{
PRInt32 r;
while ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(low)) != -1)
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
/* update low and high */
FastBitSet inter(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
for (j = inter.firstOne(); j != -1; j = inter.nextOne(j))
{
VirtualRegister& neighbor = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
// if the new interference degree of one of his neighbor becomes
// NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS - 1 then it is added to the set 'low'.
PRUint32 maxInterference = 0;
switch (neighbor.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
maxInterference = NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS;
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false);
}
if ((vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j).colorInfo.interferenceDegree-- == maxInterference))
{
high.clear(j);
low.set(j);
}
vReg.colorInfo.interferenceDegree--;
interferenceMatrix.clear(r, j);
interferenceMatrix.clear(j, r);
}
low.clear(r);
// Push this register.
*stackPtr++ = r;
}
if ((r = getLowestSpillCostRegister(high)) != -1)
{
high.clear(r);
low.set(r);
}
else
break;
}
return stackPtr;
}
bool Coloring::
select(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix, PRUint32* stackBase, PRUint32* stackPtr)
{
PRUint32 nRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet usedRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1); // usedRegisters if used for both GR & FPR.
FastBitSet preColoredRegisters(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS + 1);
FastBitSet usedStack(nRegisters + 1);
bool success = true;
Int32 lastUsedSSR = -1;
// select
while (stackPtr != stackBase)
{
// Pop one register.
PRUint32 r = *--stackPtr;
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(r);
FastBitSet neighbors(interferenceMatrix.getRow(r), nRegisters);
if (vReg.getClass() == vrcStackSlot)
// Stack slots coloring.
{
usedStack.clear();
for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
usedStack.set(vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i).getColor());
Int32 color = usedStack.firstZero();
vReg.colorRegister(color);
if (color > lastUsedSSR)
lastUsedSSR = color;
}
else
// Integer & Floating point register coloring.
{
usedRegisters.clear();
preColoredRegisters.clear();
for (PRInt32 i = neighbors.firstOne(); i != -1; i = neighbors.nextOne(i))
{
VirtualRegister& nvReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
usedRegisters.set(nvReg.getColor());
if (nvReg.isPreColored())
preColoredRegisters.set(nvReg.getPreColor());
}
if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference)
usedRegisters |= vReg.specialInterference;
PRInt8 c = -1;
PRInt8 maxColor = 0;
PRInt8 firstColor = 0;
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
firstColor = FIRST_GREGISTER;
maxColor = LAST_GREGISTER;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
firstColor = FIRST_FPREGISTER;
maxColor = LAST_FPREGISTER;
break;
default:
PR_ASSERT(false);
}
if (vReg.isPreColored())
{
c = vReg.getPreColor();
if (usedRegisters.test(c))
c = -1;
}
else
{
for (c = usedRegisters.nextZero(firstColor - 1); (c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor) && (preColoredRegisters.test(c));
c = usedRegisters.nextZero(c)) {}
}
if ((c >= 0) && (c <= maxColor))
{
vReg.colorRegister(c);
}
else
{
VirtualRegister& stackRegister = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcStackSlot);
vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot] = &stackRegister;
vReg.spillInfo.willSpill = true;
success = false;
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
if (success)
{
for (VirtualRegisterManager::iterator i = vRegManager.begin(); !vRegManager.done(i); i = vRegManager.advance(i))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(i);
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_GREGISTER)
PR_ASSERT(false);
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
#if NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS != 0
if (vReg.getColor() > LAST_FPREGISTER)
PR_ASSERT(false);
#endif
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
#endif
vRegManager.nUsedStackSlots = lastUsedSSR + 1;
return success;
}
#endif // NEW_LAURENTM_CODE

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Splits.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
template <class RegisterPressure>
class Coloring
{
private:
static RegisterName* simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack);
static bool select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr);
public:
static bool color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static void finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Coloring<RegisterPressure>::finalColoring(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
RegisterName* color = registerAllocator.color;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
usePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
#ifdef DEBUG
RegisterID rid = usePtr->getRegisterID();
setColoredRegister(rid);
usePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
#endif // DEBUG
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
definePtr->setRegisterName(color[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]]);
#ifdef DEBUG
RegisterID rid = definePtr->getRegisterID();
setColoredRegister(rid);
definePtr->setRegisterID(rid);
#endif // DEBUG
}
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::select(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack, RegisterName* coloringStackPtr)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* color = new RegisterName[rangeCount];
registerAllocator.color = color;
for (Uint32 r = 1; r < rangeCount; r++)
color[r] = RegisterName(6); // FIX;
// Color the preColored registers.
//
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
if (machinePtr->id != invalidID) {
color[name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]] = machinePtr->color;
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill preColor range %d as %d\n", name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)], machinePtr->color));
}
SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet& spill = *new(pool) SparseSet(pool, rangeCount);
registerAllocator.willSpill = &spill;
SparseSet neighborColors(pool, 6); // FIX
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
bool coloringFailed = false;
while (coloringStackPtr > coloringStack) {
RegisterName range = *--coloringStackPtr;
if (!cost[range].infinite && cost[range].cost < 0) {
coloringFailed = true;
spill.set(range);
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, will spill.\n", range));
} else {
neighborColors.clear();
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
RegisterName neighborColor = color[vector->neighbors[i]];
if (neighborColor < 6) // FIX
neighborColors.set(neighborColor);
}
if (neighborColors.getSize() == 6) { // FIX
coloringFailed = true;
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tfailed to color %d, ", range));
if (!Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(registerAllocator, color, range)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will spill.\n"));
spill.set(range);
} else
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("will split.\n"));
} else {
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++) // FIX
if (!neighborColors.test(i)) {
fprintf(stdout, "\twill color %d as %d\n", range, i);
color[range] = RegisterName(i);
break;
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
if (coloringFailed) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring failed:\n"));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\twill spill: "));
spill.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
} else {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring succeeded:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d colored as %d\n", i, color[i]));
}
#endif
return !coloringFailed;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
RegisterName* Coloring<RegisterPressure>::simplify(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* coloringStack)
{
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
SpillCost* spillCost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
Uint32* degree = new Uint32[rangeCount];
for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(1); i < rangeCount; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) {
InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(i);
degree[i] = (vector != NULL) ? vector->count : 0;
}
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet low(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet high(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet highInfinite(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet preColored(pool, rangeCount);
// Get the precolored registers.
//
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager = registerAllocator.vrManager;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
PreColoredRegister* machineEnd = vrManager.getMachineRegistersEnd();
for (PreColoredRegister* machinePtr = vrManager.getMachineRegistersBegin(); machinePtr < machineEnd; machinePtr++)
if (machinePtr->id != invalidID)
preColored.set(name2range[getName(machinePtr->id)]);
// Insert the live ranges in the sets.
//
for (Uint32 range = 1; range < rangeCount; range++)
if (!preColored.test(range))
if (degree[range] < 6) // FIX
low.set(range);
else if (!spillCost[range].infinite)
high.set(range);
else
highInfinite.set(range);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring sets:\n\tlow = "));
low.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thigh = "));
high.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\thighInfinite = "));
highInfinite.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tpreColored = "));
preColored.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc));
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
RegisterName* coloringStackPtr = coloringStack;
while (low.getSize() != 0 || high.getSize() != 0) {
while (low.getSize() != 0) {
RegisterName range = RegisterName(low.getOne());
low.clear(range);
*coloringStackPtr++ = range;
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = (vector->count - 1); i >= 0; --i) {
RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
degree[neighbor]--;
if (degree[neighbor] < 6) // FIX
if (high.test(neighbor)) {
high.clear(neighbor);
low.set(neighbor);
} else if (highInfinite.test(neighbor)) {
highInfinite.clear(neighbor);
low.set(neighbor);
}
}
}
if (high.getSize() != 0) {
RegisterName best = RegisterName(high.getOne());
double bestCost = spillCost[best].cost;
double bestDegree = degree[best];
// Choose the next best candidate.
//
for (SparseSet::iterator i = high.begin(); !high.done(i); i = high.advance(i)) {
RegisterName range = RegisterName(high.get(i));
double thisCost = spillCost[range].cost;
double thisDegree = degree[range];
if (thisCost * bestDegree < bestCost * thisDegree) {
best = range;
bestCost = thisCost;
bestDegree = thisDegree;
}
}
high.clear(best);
low.set(best);
}
}
assert(highInfinite.getSize() == 0);
delete degree;
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Coloring stack:\n\t"));
for (RegisterName* sp = coloringStack; sp < coloringStackPtr; ++sp)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d ", *sp));
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
return coloringStackPtr;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Coloring<RegisterPressure>::color(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
RegisterName* coloringStack = new RegisterName[registerAllocator.rangeCount];
return select(registerAllocator, coloringStack, simplify(registerAllocator, coloringStack));
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "DominatorGraph.h"
DominatorGraph::DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph) : controlGraph(controlGraph)
{
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
GtoV = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
VtoG = new Uint32[nNodes + 1];
Uint32 v = 1;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
VtoG[v] = n;
GtoV[n] = v++;
}
// Initialize all the 1-based arrays.
//
parent = new Uint32[v];
semi = new Uint32[v];
vertex = new Uint32[v];
label = new Uint32[v];
size = new Uint32[v];
ancestor = new Uint32[v];
child = new Uint32[v];
dom = new Uint32[v];
bucket = new DGLinkedList*[v];
memset(semi, '\0', v * sizeof(Uint32));
memset(bucket, '\0', v * sizeof(DGLinkedList*));
vCount = v;
build();
delete parent;
delete semi;
delete vertex;
delete label;
delete size;
delete ancestor;
delete child;
delete dom;
delete bucket;
}
Uint32 DominatorGraph::DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n)
{
semi[vx] = ++n;
vertex[n] = label[vx] = vx;
ancestor[vx] = child[vx] = 0;
size[vx] = 1;
ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[vx]];
ControlEdge* successorEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorPtr < successorEnd; successorPtr++) {
Uint32 w = GtoV[successorPtr->getTarget().dfsNum];
if (semi[w] == 0) {
parent[w] = vx;
n = DFS(w, n);
}
}
return n;
}
void DominatorGraph::LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w)
{
Uint32 s = w;
while (semi[label[w]] < semi[label[child[s]]]) {
if (size[s] + size[child[child[s]]] >= (size[child[s]] << 1)) {
ancestor[child[s]] = s;
child[s] = child[child[s]];
} else {
size[child[s]] = size[s];
s = ancestor[s] = child[s];
}
}
label[s] = label[w];
size[vx] += size[w];
if(size[vx] < (size[w] << 1)) {
Uint32 t = s;
s = child[vx];
child[vx] = t;
}
while( s != 0 ) {
ancestor[s] = vx;
s = child[s];
}
}
void DominatorGraph::COMPRESS(Uint32 vx)
{
if(ancestor[ancestor[vx]] != 0) {
COMPRESS(ancestor[vx]);
if(semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] < semi[label[vx]])
label[vx] = label[ancestor[vx]];
ancestor[vx] = ancestor[ancestor[vx]];
}
}
Uint32 DominatorGraph::EVAL(Uint32 vx)
{
if(ancestor[vx] == 0)
return label[vx];
COMPRESS(vx);
return (semi[label[ancestor[vx]]] >= semi[label[vx]]) ? label[vx] : label[ancestor[vx]];
}
void DominatorGraph::build()
{
Uint32 n = DFS(GtoV[0], 0);
size[0] = label[0] = semi[0];
for (Uint32 i = n; i >= 2; i--) {
Uint32 w = vertex[i];
ControlNode& node = *controlGraph.dfsList[VtoG[w]];
const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p)) {
Uint32 vx = GtoV[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum];
Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
if(semi[u] < semi[w])
semi[w] = semi[u];
}
DGLinkedList* elem = new DGLinkedList();
elem->next = bucket[vertex[semi[w]]];
elem->index = w;
bucket[vertex[semi[w]]] = elem;
LINK(parent[w], w);
elem = bucket[parent[w]];
while(elem != NULL) {
Uint32 vx = elem->index;
Uint32 u = EVAL(vx);
dom[vx] = (semi[u] < semi[vx]) ? u : parent[w];
elem = elem->next;
}
}
memset(size, '\0', n * sizeof(Uint32));
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
nodes = new(pool) DGNode[n];
for(Uint32 j = 2; j <= n; j++) {
Uint32 w = vertex[j];
Uint32 d = dom[w];
if(d != vertex[semi[w]]) {
d = dom[d];
dom[w] = d;
}
size[d]++;
}
dom[GtoV[0]] = 0;
for (Uint32 k = 1; k <= n; k++) {
DGNode& node = nodes[VtoG[k]];
Uint32 count = size[k];
node.successorsEnd = node.successorsBegin = (count) ? new(pool) Uint32[count] : (Uint32*) 0;
}
for (Uint32 l = 2; l <= n; l++)
*(nodes[VtoG[dom[l]]].successorsEnd)++ = VtoG[l];
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void DominatorGraph::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Dominator Graph:\n"));
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < nNodes; i++) {
DGNode& node = nodes[i];
if (node.successorsBegin != node.successorsEnd) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tN%d dominates ", i));
for (Uint32* successorsPtr = node.successorsBegin; successorsPtr < node.successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d ", *successorsPtr));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
#define _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_
#include "LogModule.h"
class ControlGraph;
struct DGNode
{
Uint32* successorsBegin;
Uint32* successorsEnd;
};
struct DGLinkedList
{
DGLinkedList* next;
Uint32 index;
};
class DominatorGraph
{
private:
ControlGraph& controlGraph;
Uint32 vCount;
Uint32* VtoG;
Uint32* GtoV;
Uint32* parent;
Uint32* semi;
Uint32* vertex;
Uint32* label;
Uint32* size;
Uint32* ancestor;
Uint32* child;
Uint32* dom;
DGLinkedList** bucket;
DGNode* nodes;
private:
void build();
Uint32 DFS(Uint32 vx, Uint32 n);
void LINK(Uint32 vx, Uint32 w);
void COMPRESS(Uint32 vx);
Uint32 EVAL(Uint32 vx);
public:
DominatorGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph);
Uint32* getSuccessorsBegin(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsBegin;}
Uint32* getSuccessorsEnd(Uint32 n) const {return nodes[n].successorsEnd;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
#endif // _DOMINATOR_GRAPH_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashSet.h"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _HASH_SET_H_
#define _HASH_SET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include <string.h>
struct HashSetElement
{
Uint32 index;
HashSetElement* next;
};
class HashSet
{
private:
static const hashSize = 64;
// Return the hash code for the given element index.
static Uint32 getHashCode(Uint32 index) {return index & (hashSize - 1);} // Could be better !
private:
Pool& allocationPool;
HashSetElement** bucket;
HashSetElement* free;
private:
// No copy constructor.
HashSet(const HashSet&);
// No copy operator.
void operator = (const HashSet&);
public:
// Create a new HashSet.
inline HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize);
// Clear the hashset.
void clear();
// Clear the element for the given index.
void clear(Uint32 index);
// Set the element for the given index.
void set(Uint32 index);
// Return true if the element at index is a member.
bool test(Uint32 index) const;
// Union with the given hashset.
inline void or(const HashSet& set);
// Intersection with the given hashset.
inline void and(const HashSet& set);
// Difference with the given hashset.
inline void difference(const HashSet& set);
// Logical operators.
HashSet& operator |= (const HashSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
HashSet& operator &= (const HashSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
HashSet& operator -= (const HashSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef HashSetElement* iterator;
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const;
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const;
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos == NULL;}
};
inline HashSet::HashSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 /*universeSize*/)
: allocationPool(pool), free(NULL)
{
bucket = new(pool) HashSetElement*[hashSize];
memset(bucket, '\0', sizeof(HashSetElement*));
}
#endif // _HASH_SET_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _INDEXED_POOL_H_
#define _INDEXED_POOL_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedPool<IndexedObjectSubclass> is an indexed pool of objects. The
// template parameter 'IndexedObjectSubclass' must be a subclass of the struct
// IndexedObject.
//
// When the indexed pool is ask to allocate and initialize a new object (using
// the operator new(anIndexedPool) it will zero the memory used to store the
// object and initialize the field 'index' of this object to its position in
// the pool.
//
// An object allocated by the indexed pool can be freed by calling the method
// IndexedPool::release(IndexedElement& objectIndex).
//
// example:
//
// IndexedPool<IndexedElement> elementPool;
//
// IndexedElement& element1 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
// IndexedElement& element2 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
//
// indexedPool.release(element1);
// IndexedElement& element3 = *new(elementPool) IndexedElement();
//
// At this point element1 is no longer a valid object, element2 is at
// index 2 and element3 is at index 1.
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedObject -
//
template<class Object>
struct IndexedObject
{
Uint32 index; // Index in the pool.
Object* next; // Used to link IndexedObject together.
Uint32 getIndex() {return index;}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IndexedPool<IndexedObject> -
//
template <class IndexedObject>
class IndexedPool
{
private:
static const blockSize = 4; // Size of one block.
Uint32 nBlocks; // Number of blocks in the pool.
IndexedObject** block; // Array of block pointers.
IndexedObject* freeObjects; // Chained list of free IndexedObjects.
Uint32 nextIndex; // Index of the next free object in the last block.
private:
void allocateAnotherBlock();
IndexedObject& newObject();
public:
IndexedPool() : nBlocks(0), block(NULL), freeObjects(NULL), nextIndex(1) {}
~IndexedPool();
IndexedObject& get(Uint32 index) const;
void release(IndexedObject& object);
void setSize(Uint32 size) {assert(size < nextIndex); nextIndex = size;}
// Return the universe size.
Uint32 getSize() {return nextIndex;}
friend void* operator new(size_t, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool); // Needs to call newObject().
};
// Free all the memory allocated for this object.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::~IndexedPool()
{
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nBlocks; n++)
free(&((IndexedObject **) &block[n][n*blockSize])[-(n + 1)]);
}
// Release the given. This object will be iserted in the chained
// list of free IndexedObjects. To minimize the fragmentation the chained list
// is ordered by ascending indexes.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::release(IndexedObject& object)
{
Uint32 index = object.index;
IndexedObject* list = freeObjects;
assert(&object == &get(index)); // Make sure that object is owned by this pool.
if (list == NULL) { // The list is empty.
freeObjects = &object;
object.next = NULL;
} else { // The list contains at least 1 element.
if (index < list->index) { // insert as first element.
freeObjects = &object;
object.next = list;
} else { // Find this object's place.
while ((list->next) != NULL && (list->next->index < index))
list = list->next;
object.next = list->next;
list->next = &object;
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG
// Sanity check to be sure that the list is correctly ordered.
for (IndexedObject* obj = freeObjects; obj != NULL; obj = obj->next)
if (obj->next != NULL)
assert(obj->index < obj->next->index);
#endif
}
// Create a new block of IndexedObjects. We will allocate the memory to
// store IndexedPool::blockSize IndexedObject and the new Array of block
// pointers.
// The newly created IndexedObjects will not be initialized.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::allocateAnotherBlock()
{
void* memory = (void *) malloc((nBlocks + 1) * sizeof(Uint32) + blockSize * sizeof(IndexedObject));
memcpy(memory, block, nBlocks * sizeof(Uint32));
block = (IndexedObject **) memory;
IndexedObject* objects = (IndexedObject *) &block[nBlocks + 1];
block[nBlocks] = &objects[-(nBlocks * blockSize)];
nBlocks++;
}
// Return the IndexedObject at the position 'index' in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::get(Uint32 index) const
{
Uint32 blockIndex = index / blockSize;
assert(blockIndex < nBlocks);
return block[blockIndex][index];
}
// Return the reference of an unused object in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
IndexedObject& IndexedPool<IndexedObject>::newObject()
{
if (freeObjects != NULL) {
IndexedObject& newObject = *freeObjects;
freeObjects = newObject.next;
return newObject;
}
Uint32 nextIndex = this->nextIndex++;
Uint32 blockIndex = nextIndex / blockSize;
while (blockIndex >= nBlocks)
allocateAnotherBlock();
IndexedObject& newObject = block[blockIndex][nextIndex];
newObject.index = nextIndex;
return newObject;
}
// Return the address of the next unsused object in the given
// indexed pool. The field index of the newly allocated object
// will be initialized to the corresponding index of this object
// in the pool.
//
template <class IndexedObject>
void* operator new(size_t size, IndexedPool<IndexedObject>& pool)
{
assert(size == sizeof(IndexedObject));
return (void *) &pool.newObject();
}
#endif // _INDEXED_POOL_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
#define _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include <string.h>
struct InterferenceVector
{
Uint32 count;
InterferenceVector* next;
RegisterName* neighbors;
InterferenceVector() : count(0), next(NULL) {}
};
class RegisterAllocator;
template <class RegisterPressure>
class InterferenceGraph
{
private:
RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator;
RegisterPressure::Set* interferences;
InterferenceVector** vector;
Uint32* offset;
Uint32 rangeCount;
private:
// No copy constructor.
InterferenceGraph(const InterferenceGraph&);
// No copy operator.
void operator = (const InterferenceGraph&);
// Check if reg is a member of the universe.
void checkMember(RegisterName name) {assert(name < rangeCount);}
// Return the edge index for the interference between name1 and name2.
Uint32 getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
public:
InterferenceGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
// Calculate the interferences.
void build();
// Return true if reg1 and reg2 interfere.
bool interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
// Return the interference vector for the given register or NULL if there is none.
InterferenceVector* getInterferenceVector(RegisterName name) {return vector[name];}
// Set the interference between name1 and name2.
void setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
// Set the interference vector for the given register.
void setInterferenceVector(RegisterName name, InterferenceVector* v) {vector[name] = v;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the interferences.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
// Initialize the structures.
//
offset = new(pool) Uint32[rangeCount + 1];
vector = new(pool) InterferenceVector*[rangeCount];
memset(vector, '\0', sizeof(InterferenceVector*) * rangeCount);
Uint32 o = 0;
offset[0] = 0;
for (Uint32 i = 1; i <= rangeCount; ++i) {
offset[i] = o;
o += i;
}
interferences = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, (rangeCount * rangeCount) / 2);
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness = Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, rangeCount, name2range);
registerAllocator.liveness = liveness;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
// Handle the copy instruction to avoid unnecessary interference between the 2 registers.
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
}
// Create the interferences.
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator e = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(e); e = currentLive.advance(e)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(e));
if ((live != define) && !interfere(live, define) && registerAllocator.canInterfere(live, define)) {
if (vector[define] == NULL)
vector[define] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
vector[define]->count++;
if (vector[live] == NULL)
vector[live] = new(pool) InterferenceVector();
vector[live]->count++;
setInterference(live, define);
}
}
}
// Now update the liveness.
//
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
// Allocate the memory to store the interferences.
//
for (Uint32 e = 0; e < rangeCount; e++)
if (vector[e] != NULL) {
InterferenceVector& v = *vector[e];
v.neighbors = new(pool) RegisterName[v.count];
v.count = 0;
}
// Initialize the edges.
//
if (RegisterPressure::Set::isOrdered()) {
RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(0);
for (RegisterPressure::Set::iterator i = interferences->begin(); !interferences->done(i); i = interferences->advance(i)) {
Uint32 interferenceIndex = interferences->get(i);
while(interferenceIndex >= offset[name1 + 1])
name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1);
assert((interferenceIndex >= offset[name1]) && (interferenceIndex < offset[name1 + 1]));
RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(interferenceIndex - offset[name1]);
assert(interfere(name1, name2));
InterferenceVector& vector1 = *vector[name1];
vector1.neighbors[vector1.count++] = name2;
InterferenceVector& vector2 = *vector[name2];
vector2.neighbors[vector2.count++] = name1;
}
} else {
trespass("not Implemented"); // FIX: need one more pass to initialize the vectors.
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
Uint32 InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::getEdgeIndex(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
checkMember(name1); checkMember(name2);
assert(name1 != name2); // This is not possible.
return (name1 < name2) ? offset[name2] + name1 : offset[name1] + name2;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::setInterference(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
interferences->set(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::interfere(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
return interferences->test(getEdgeIndex(name1, name2));
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Vectors:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
if (vector[i] != NULL) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d: (", i));
for (InterferenceVector* v = vector[i]; v != NULL; v = v->next)
for (Uint32 j = 0; j < v->count; j++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%d", v->neighbors[j]));
if (v->next != NULL || j != (v->count - 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (","));
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (")\n"));
}
}
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Interference Matrix:\n"));
for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && interfere(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _INTERFERENCE_GRAPH_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_H_
#define _LIVE_RANGE_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct LiveRange
{
static void build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRange<RegisterPressure>::build(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
// Intialize the lookup table.
//
Uint32 nameCount = registerAllocator.nameCount;
RegisterName* nameTable = new(registerAllocator.pool) RegisterName[2*nameCount];
RegisterName* rangeName = &nameTable[nameCount];
init(rangeName, nameCount);
// Walk the graph.
//
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
SparseSet destination(registerAllocator.pool, nameCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
destination.clear();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
destination.set(findRoot(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName(), rangeName));
}
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName destinationName = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
RegisterName destinationRoot = findRoot(destinationName, rangeName);
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
assert(usePtr->isRegister());
RegisterName sourceName = usePtr->getRegisterName();
RegisterName sourceRoot = findRoot(sourceName, rangeName);
if (sourceRoot != destinationRoot && !destination.test(sourceRoot))
rangeName[sourceRoot] = destinationRoot;
}
}
}
registerAllocator.rangeCount = compress(registerAllocator.name2range, rangeName, nameCount, nameCount);
}
#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
#define _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
class RegisterAllocator;
template <class RegisterPressure>
class LiveRangeGraph
{
private:
RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator;
RegisterPressure::Set* edges;
Uint32 rangeCount;
public:
//
//
LiveRangeGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator) : registerAllocator(registerAllocator) {}
//
//
void build();
//
//
void addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
//
//
bool haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
//
//
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::build()
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
this->rangeCount = rangeCount;
edges = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set(pool, rangeCount * rangeCount);
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>& liveness = registerAllocator.liveness;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
currentLive = liveness.liveOut[n];
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) != 0) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
currentLive.clear(name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()]);
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName define = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
if (define != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(define, live))
addEdge(define, live);
}
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName use = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
for (SparseSet::iterator l = currentLive.begin(); !currentLive.done(l); l = currentLive.advance(l)) {
RegisterName live = RegisterName(currentLive.get(l));
if (use != live && registerAllocator.canInterfere(use, live))
addEdge(use, live);
}
}
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::addEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
assert(name1 != name2);
edges->set(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::haveEdge(RegisterName name1, RegisterName name2)
{
assert(name1 != name2);
return edges->test(name1 * rangeCount + name2);
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Live ranges graph:\n"));
for (RegisterName name1 = RegisterName(1); name1 < rangeCount; name1 = RegisterName(name1 + 1)) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\t%d:\t", name1));
for (RegisterName name2 = RegisterName(1); name2 < rangeCount; name2 = RegisterName(name2 + 1))
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%c", ((name1 != name2) && haveEdge(name1, name2)) ? '1' : '0'));
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _LIVE_RANGE_GRAPH_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Liveness.h"

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _LIVENESS_H_
#define _LIVENESS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LivenessInfo -
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct LivenessInfo
{
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(Uint32 size);
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Liveness
//
// The liveness is defined by the following data-flow equations:
//
// LiveIn(n) = LocalLive(n) U (LiveOut(n) - Killed(n)).
// LiveOut(n) = U LiveIn(s) (s a successor of n).
//
// where LocalLive(n) is the set of used registers in the block n, Killed(n)
// is the set of defined registers in the block n, LiveIn(n) is the set of
// live registers at the begining of the block n and LiveOut(n) is the set
// of live registers at the end of the block n.
//
//
// We will compute the liveness analysis in two stages:
//
// 1- Build LocalLive(n) (wich is an approximation of LiveIn(n)) and Killed(n)
// for each block n.
// 2- Perform a backward data-flow analysis to propagate the liveness information
// through the entire control-flow graph.
//
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Liveness
{
static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range);
static LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount);
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 rangeCount, const RegisterName* name2range)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Allocate the temporary sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
// Allocate the globals sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, rangeCount);
// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
//
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
//
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
Uint32 index = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!currentKilled.test(index))
currentLocalLive.set(index);
}
// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentKilled.set(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire
// control-flow graph.
//
RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, rangeCount);
bool changed;
do {
changed = false;
// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
if (nSuccessors != 0) {
temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
} else
temp.clear();
// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
// new LiveIn(n).
if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
currentLiveOut = temp;
temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
temp |= currentLiveIn;
if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
currentLiveIn = temp;
changed = true;
}
}
}
} while(changed);
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
return liveness;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> Liveness<RegisterPressure>::analysis(ControlGraph& controlGraph, Uint32 nameCount)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Allocate the temporary sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* killed = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* usedByPhiNodes = NULL;
// Allocate the globals sets.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
// First stage of the liveness analysis: Compute the sets LocalLive(stored in LiveIn) and Killed.
//
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < (nNodes - 1); n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLocalLive = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentKilled = killed[n];
InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
if ((usedByPhiNodes == NULL) && !phiNodes.empty())
usedByPhiNodes = new(pool) RegisterPressure::Set[nNodes](pool, nameCount);
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionDefine& define = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
currentKilled.set(define.getRegisterName());
typedef DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge> ControlEdgeList;
const ControlEdgeList& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
ControlEdgeList::iterator p = predecessors.begin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++, p = predecessors.advance(p))
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usedByPhiNodes[predecessors.get(p).getSource().dfsNum].set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
}
// Find the instructions contributions to the sets LocalLive and Killed.
//
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
// If a VirtualRegister is 'used' before being 'defined' then we add it to set LocalLive.
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
Uint32 index = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (!currentKilled.test(index))
currentLocalLive.set(index);
}
// If a Virtualregister is 'defined' then we add it to the set Killed.
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentKilled.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
}
// Second stage of the liveness analysis: We propagate the LiveIn & LiveOut through the entire
// control-flow graph.
//
RegisterPressure::Set temp(pool, nameCount);
bool changed;
do {
changed = false;
// For all nodes is this graph except the endNode.
for (Int32 n = (nNodes - 2); n >= 0; n--) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveIn = liveIn[n];
RegisterPressure::Set& currentLiveOut = liveOut[n];
// Compute temp = Union of LiveIn(s) (s a successor of this node) | usedByPhiNodes(n).
// temp will be the new LiveOut(n).
Uint32 nSuccessors = node.nSuccessors();
if (nSuccessors != 0) {
temp = liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(0).getTarget().dfsNum];
for (Uint32 s = 1; s < nSuccessors; s++)
temp |= liveIn[node.nthSuccessor(s).getTarget().dfsNum];
} else
temp.clear();
// Insert the phiNodes contribution.
if (usedByPhiNodes != NULL)
temp |= usedByPhiNodes[n];
// If temp and LiveOut(n) differ then set LiveOut(n) = temp and recalculate the
// new LiveIn(n).
if (currentLiveOut != temp) {
currentLiveOut = temp;
temp -= killed[n]; // FIX: could be optimized with one call to unionDiff !
temp |= currentLiveIn;
if (currentLiveIn != temp) {
currentLiveIn = temp;
changed = true;
}
}
}
} while(changed);
LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure> liveness;
liveness.liveIn = liveIn;
liveness.liveOut = liveOut;
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(liveness.size = nNodes);
return liveness;
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
template <class RegisterPressure>
void LivenessInfo<RegisterPressure>::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < size; n++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Node N%d:\n\tliveIn = ", n));
liveIn[n].printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tliveOut = "));
liveOut[n].printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
#endif // _LIVENESS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
#! gmake
DEPTH = ../..
MODULE_NAME = RegisterAllocator
include $(DEPTH)/config/config.mk
INCLUDES += \
-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/General \
-I$(DEPTH)/Utilities/zlib \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassReader \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/NativeMethods \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/System \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/ClassInfo \
-I$(DEPTH)/Runtime/FileReader \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/PrimitiveGraph \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/FrontEnd \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/Optimizer \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/CodeGenerator/md/$(CPU_ARCH) \
-I$(DEPTH)/Compiler/RegisterAllocator \
-I$(DEPTH)/Driver/StandAloneJava \
-I$(DEPTH)/Debugger \
$(NULL)
CXXSRCS = \
RegisterAllocator.cpp \
RegisterAllocatorTools.cpp \
DominatorGraph.cpp \
VirtualRegister.cpp \
BitSet.cpp \
SparseSet.cpp \
$(NULL)
include $(DEPTH)/config/rules.mk
libs:: $(MODULE)

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
#define _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "DominatorGraph.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include <string.h>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterNameNode -
struct RegisterNameNode
{
RegisterNameNode* next;
RegisterName newName;
Uint32 nextPushed;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CopyData -
struct CopyData
{
RegisterName source;
RegisterClassKind classKind;
Uint32 useCount;
bool isLiveOut;
RegisterName sourceNameToUse;
RegisterName temporaryName;
RegisterNameNode* newName;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure> -
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct PhiNodeRemover
{
// Replace the phi nodes by copy instructions.
static void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
};
// Split some of the critical edges and return true if there are still some
// in the graph after that.
//
static bool splitCriticalEdges(ControlGraph& /*cg*/)
{
// FIX: not implemented.
return true;
}
inline void pushName(Pool& pool, RegisterNameNode** stack, SparseSet& pushed, Uint32* nodeListPointer, RegisterName oldName, RegisterName newName)
{
RegisterNameNode& newNode = *new(pool) RegisterNameNode();
if (pushed.test(oldName))
(*stack)->newName = newName;
else {
newNode.newName = newName;
newNode.nextPushed = *nodeListPointer;
*nodeListPointer = oldName;
newNode.next = *stack;
*stack = &newNode;
pushed.set(oldName);
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void PhiNodeRemover<RegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
// Initialize the local variables.
//
// When we insert the copies we will also need to create new VirtualRegisters for
// the insertion of temporaries. The maximum number of temporary register will not
// exceed the number of phiNodes in the primitive graph.
Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
Uint32 maxNameCount = nameCount;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++)
maxNameCount += nodes[n]->getPhiNodes().length();
// If the CFG contains some critical edges (backward edge which source has more than one
// outgoing edge and destination has more than one incomimg edge) then we need the liveness
// information to be able to insert temporary copies.
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = NULL;
if (splitCriticalEdges(controlGraph))
liveOut = Liveness<LowRegisterPressure>::analysis(controlGraph, nameCount).liveOut;
DominatorGraph dGraph(controlGraph);
SparseSet pushed(pool, maxNameCount);
SparseSet destinationList(pool, maxNameCount);
SparseSet workList(pool, maxNameCount);
CopyData* copyStats = new(pool) CopyData[maxNameCount];
memset(copyStats, '\0', maxNameCount*sizeof(CopyData));
struct NodeStack {
Uint32* next;
Uint32* limit;
Uint32 pushedList;
};
// Allocate the node stack and initialize the node stack pointer.
NodeStack* nodeStack = new(pool) NodeStack[nNodes + 1];
NodeStack* nodeStackPtr = nodeStack;
// We start by the begin node.
Uint32 startNode = 0;
Uint32* next = &startNode;
Uint32* limit = &startNode + 1;
while (true) {
if (next == limit) {
// If there are no more node in the sibling, we have to pop the current
// frame from the stack and update the copyStats of the pushed nodes.
//
if (nodeStackPtr == nodeStack)
// We are at the bottom of the stack and there are no more nodes
// to look at. We are done !
break;
--nodeStackPtr;
// We are done with all the children of this node in the dominator tree.
// We need to update the copy information of all the new names pushed
// during the walk over this node.
Uint32 pushedList = nodeStackPtr->pushedList;
while (pushedList != 0) {
Uint32 nextName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->nextPushed;
copyStats[pushedList].newName = copyStats[pushedList].newName->next;
pushedList = nextName;
}
// restore the previous frame.
next = nodeStackPtr->next;
limit = nodeStackPtr->limit;
} else {
Uint32 currentNode = *next++;
Uint32 pushedList = 0;
// Initialize the sets.
pushed.clear();
destinationList.clear();
// STEP1:
// Walk the instruction list and to replace all the instruction uses with their new name.
// If the instruction is a phi node and its defined register is alive at the end of this
// block then we push the defined register into the stack.
//
ControlNode& node = *nodes[currentNode];
RegisterPressure::Set* currentLiveOut = (liveOut != NULL) ? &liveOut[currentNode] : (RegisterPressure::Set*) 0;
InstructionList& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++) {
assert(usePtr->isRegister());
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
}
if (currentLiveOut != NULL) {
// This is a phi node and we have to push its defined name if it is live
// at the end of the node. We only need to do this if the CFG has critical edges.
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd() && phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName name = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName();
if (currentLiveOut->test(name))
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[name].newName), pushed, &pushedList, name, name);
}
}
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (copyStats[name].newName != NULL && copyStats[name].newName->newName != name)
usePtr->setRegisterName(copyStats[name].newName->newName);
}
}
// STEP2:
// Look at this node's successors' phiNodes. We keep track of the number of time
// a VR will be used by another copy instruction and insert each definition into the
// destinationList. This is the only pass over this node's successors as we will
// get all the information we need in the CopyData structures.
//
ControlEdge* successorEdgeEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorEdgePtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorEdgePtr < successorEdgeEnd; successorEdgePtr++) {
Uint32 useIndex = successorEdgePtr->getIndex();
ControlNode& successor = successorEdgePtr->getTarget();
// Look at its phi nodes. The phi nodes are at the top of the instruction list. We exit
// as soon as we find an instruction which is not a phi node
InstructionList& phiNodes = successor.getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& phiNode = phiNodes.get(p);
assert((phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin() + useIndex) < phiNode.getInstructionUseEnd());
assert(phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin() != phiNode.getInstructionDefineEnd());
InstructionUse& source = phiNode.getInstructionUseBegin()[useIndex];
InstructionDefine& destination = phiNode.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0];
assert(source.isRegister() && destination.isRegister());
RegisterName sourceName = source.getRegisterName();
RegisterName destinationName = destination.getRegisterName();
// Get the correct name for the source.
if (copyStats[sourceName].newName != NULL)
sourceName = copyStats[sourceName].newName->newName;
// Update the CopyData structures.
if ((sourceName != rnInvalid) && (sourceName != destinationName)) {
copyStats[destinationName].source = sourceName;
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = destination.getRegisterClass();
copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = (currentLiveOut != NULL) ? currentLiveOut->test(destinationName) : false;
copyStats[destinationName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = sourceName;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount++;
destinationList.set(destinationName);
}
}
}
// STEP3:
// Insert into the worklist only the destination registers that will be not used in
// another copy instruction in this block.
//
assert(workList.getSize() == 0);
for (SparseSet::iterator d = destinationList.begin(); !destinationList.done(d); d = destinationList.advance(d)) {
Uint32 dest = destinationList.get(d);
if (copyStats[dest].useCount == 0)
workList.set(dest);
}
// STEP4:
// Insert the copy instructions.
//
Uint32 destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
InstructionList::iterator endOfTheNode = instructions.end();
// Find the right place to insert the copy instructions.
if (destinationListSize != 0)
while (instructions.get(endOfTheNode).getFlags() & ifControl)
endOfTheNode = instructions.retreat(endOfTheNode);
while (destinationListSize != 0) {
while(workList.getSize()) {
RegisterName destinationName = RegisterName(workList.getOne());
RegisterName sourceName = copyStats[destinationName].source;
workList.clear(destinationName);
if (copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut && !copyStats[destinationName].temporaryName) {
// Lost copy problem.
copyStats[destinationName].isLiveOut = false;
RegisterName sourceName = destinationName;
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
RegisterName destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
// We need to insert a copy to a temporary register to keep the
// source register valid at the end of the node defining it.
// This copy will be inserted right after the phi node defining it.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
Instruction* definingPhiNode = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction();
assert(definingPhiNode && (definingPhiNode->getFlags() & ifPhiNode) != 0);
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*definingPhiNode->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
definingPhiNode->getPrimitive()->getContainer()->getInstructions().addFirst(copy);
copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
}
// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[destinationName].classKind;
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
if (destinationList.test(sourceName) && copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut)
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
if (destinationList.test(sourceName))
workList.set(sourceName);
destinationList.clear(destinationName);
}
destinationListSize = destinationList.getSize();
if (destinationListSize != 0) {
RegisterName sourceName = RegisterName(destinationList.getOne());
RegisterName destinationName;
if (!copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName) {
// Cycle problem.
RegisterClassKind classKind = copyStats[sourceName].classKind;
destinationName = getName(vrManager.newVirtualRegister(classKind));
assert(destinationName < maxNameCount);
copyStats[destinationName].classKind = classKind;
copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName = destinationName;
// Insert the copy instruction at the end of the current node.
RegisterName from = copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse;
RegisterID fromID = buildRegisterID(from, classKind);
RegisterID toID = buildRegisterID(destinationName, classKind);
Instruction& copy = emitter.newCopy(*vrManager.getVirtualRegister(from).getDefiningInstruction()->getPrimitive(), fromID, toID);
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(destinationName).setDefiningInstruction(copy);
instructions.insertAfter(copy, endOfTheNode);
endOfTheNode = instructions.advance(endOfTheNode);
} else
destinationName = copyStats[sourceName].temporaryName;
copyStats[sourceName].useCount = 0;
copyStats[sourceName].isLiveOut = false;
copyStats[sourceName].sourceNameToUse = destinationName;
pushName(pool, &(copyStats[sourceName].newName), pushed, &pushedList, sourceName, destinationName);
workList.set(sourceName);
}
}
nodeStackPtr->pushedList = pushedList;
nodeStackPtr->next = next;
nodeStackPtr->limit = limit;
++nodeStackPtr;
next = dGraph.getSuccessorsBegin(currentNode);
limit = dGraph.getSuccessorsEnd(currentNode);
}
}
}
#endif // _PHI_NODE_REMOVER_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "PhiNodeRemover.h"
#include "LiveRange.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
#include "Coalescing.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Coloring.h"
#include "Splits.h"
class Pool;
class ControlGraph;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
class InstructionEmitter;
UT_DEFINE_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
void RegisterAllocator::allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
// Insert the phi node instructions. We want to do this to have a single defined register per instruction.
// If we keep the PhiNode (as a DataNode) and a PhiNode is of DoubleWordKind then we have to execute
// some special code for the high word annotation.
//
RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(controlGraph, emitter);
// Perform some tests on the instruction graph.
//
DEBUG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(controlGraph, vrManager));
// Replace the phi node instructions by their equivalent copy instructions.
//
PhiNodeRemover<LowRegisterPressure>::replacePhiNodes(controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
// Do the register allocation.
//
RegisterAllocator registerAllocator(pool, controlGraph, vrManager, emitter);
registerAllocator.doGraphColoring();
}
void RegisterAllocator::doGraphColoring()
{
// Initialize the liverange map.
//
initLiveRanges();
// Build the live ranges. We do this to compress the number of RegisterNames
// used in the insterference graph.
//
LiveRange<LowRegisterPressure>::build(*this);
// Remove unnecessary copies.
//
RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(*this);
for (Uint8 loop = 0; loop < 10; loop++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********* RegisterAllocator loop %d *********\n", loop));
while(true) {
// Build the interference graph.
//
iGraph.build();
// Coalesce the copy instructions.
//
if (!Coalescing<LowRegisterPressure>::coalesce(*this))
break;
}
// Print the interference graph.
//
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(iGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
// Calculate the spill costs.
//
Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(*this);
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(*this));
// Calculate the split costs.
//
Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(*this);
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(*this));
// Build the live range graph.
//
lGraph.build();
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(lGraph.printPretty(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc)));
// Color the graph. If it succeeds then we're done with the
// register allocation.
//
if (Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::color(*this)) {
// Write the final colors in the instruction graph.
//
Coloring<LowRegisterPressure>::finalColoring(*this);
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("********** RegisterAllocator done **********\n"));
DEBUG_LOG_ONLY(RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this));
return;
}
// We need to spill some registers.
//
Spilling<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(*this);
// Insert the split instructions.
//
Splits<LowRegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(*this);
// Update the live ranges.
//
// FIX
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(*this);
RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(*this);
#endif
fprintf(stderr, "!!! Coloring failed after 10 loops !!!\n");
abort();
}
void RegisterAllocator::initLiveRanges()
{
Uint32 count = this->nameCount;
RegisterName* name2range = new(pool) RegisterName[nameCount];
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < count; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
name2range[r] = r;
this->name2range = name2range;
rangeCount = count;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_
class Pool;
class ControlGraph;
class InstructionEmitter;
struct SpillCost;
struct SplitCost;
#include "Liveness.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "RegisterPressure.h" // This should included by Backend.cpp
#include "InterferenceGraph.h"
#include "LiveRangeGraph.h"
//template <class RegisterPressure>
class RegisterAllocator
{
public:
Pool& pool; //
ControlGraph& controlGraph; //
VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager; //
InstructionEmitter& emitter; //
RegisterName* name2range; //
RegisterName* color; //
SpillCost* spillCost; //
SparseSet* willSpill; //
SplitCost* splitCost; //
NameLinkedList** splitAround; //
InterferenceGraph<LowRegisterPressure> iGraph; //
LiveRangeGraph<LowRegisterPressure> lGraph; //
LivenessInfo<LowRegisterPressure> liveness; //
Uint32 nameCount; //
Uint32 rangeCount; //
bool splitFound; //
private:
//
//
void doGraphColoring();
public:
//
//
inline RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
//
//
bool canInterfere(RegisterName /*name1*/, RegisterName /*name2*/) const {return true;}
//
//
void initLiveRanges();
//
//
static void allocateRegisters(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
};
//
//
inline RegisterAllocator::RegisterAllocator(Pool& pool, ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
: pool(pool), controlGraph(controlGraph), vrManager(vrManager), emitter(emitter), iGraph(*this), lGraph(*this), nameCount(vrManager.getSize()) {}
#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Primitives.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
#include "Splits.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
#ifdef DEBUG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
{
// Test the declared VirtualRegisters. The register allocator tries to condense the register universe.
// Any gap in the VirtualRegister names will be a loss of efficiency !!!!
Uint32 nameCount = vrManager.getSize();
BitSet registerSeen(controlGraph.pool, nameCount);
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(usePtr->getRegisterName());
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
registerSeen.set(definePtr->getRegisterName());
}
}
bool renameRegisters = false;
for (BitSet::iterator i = registerSeen.nextZero(0); !registerSeen.done(i); i = registerSeen.nextZero(i)) {
renameRegisters = true;
fprintf(stderr,
"WARNING: The VirtualRegister vr%d has been allocated during CodeGeneration but\n"
" is never used nor defined by any instruction in the instruction graph\n"
" PLEASE FIX \n",
i);
}
if (renameRegisters) {
Instruction** definingInstruction = new Instruction*[nameCount];
memset(definingInstruction, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(Instruction*));
RegisterName* newName = new RegisterName[nameCount];
memset(newName, '\0', nameCount * sizeof(RegisterName));
RegisterName nextName = RegisterName(1);
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = usePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
usePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName name = definePtr->getRegisterName();
if (newName[name] == rnInvalid) {
newName[name] = nextName;
definingInstruction[nextName] = vrManager.getVirtualRegister(name).getDefiningInstruction();
nextName = RegisterName(nextName + 1);
}
definePtr->setRegisterName(newName[name]);
}
}
}
vrManager.setSize(nextName);
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < nextName; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
vrManager.getVirtualRegister(r).definingInstruction = definingInstruction[r];
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("RegisterMap:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < nameCount; i++)
if (newName[i] != 0)
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d becomes vr%d.\n", i, newName[i]));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc), PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\tvr%d is dead.\n", i));
delete newName;
delete definingInstruction;
}
}
#endif // DEBUG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i);) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
i = instructions.advance(i);
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
assert(instruction.getInstructionUseBegin() != instruction.getInstructionUseEnd() && instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].isRegister());
assert(instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin() != instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd() && instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = name2range[instruction.getInstructionUseBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
RegisterName destination = name2range[instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin()[0].getRegisterName()];
if (source == destination)
instruction.remove();
}
}
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator p = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(p); p = phiNodes.advance(p)) {
Instruction& instruction = phiNodes.get(p);
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
for (InstructionUse* usePtr = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin(); usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
usePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
for (InstructionDefine* definePtr = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin(); definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
definePtr->setRegisterName(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter)
{
Pool& pool = controlGraph.pool;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>& phiNodes = node.getPhiNodes();
if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
// Set the index of the incoming edges.
Uint32 index = 0;
const DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>& predecessors = node.getPredecessors();
for (DoublyLinkedList<ControlEdge>::iterator p = predecessors.begin(); !predecessors.done(p); p = predecessors.advance(p))
predecessors.get(p).setIndex(index++);
// Insert the phi node instruction in the instruction list.
for (DoublyLinkedList<PhiNode>::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
PhiNode& phiNode = phiNodes.get(i);
ValueKind kind = phiNode.getKind();
if (!isStorableKind(kind))
continue;
RegisterClassKind classKind = rckGeneral; // FIX: get class kind from phi node kind.
Uint32 nInputs = phiNode.nInputs();
PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drLow);
for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drLow);
node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
if (isDoublewordKind(kind)) {
PhiNodeInstruction& phiNodeInstruction = *new(pool) PhiNodeInstruction(&phiNode, pool, nInputs);
emitter.defineProducer(phiNode, phiNodeInstruction, 0, classKind, drHigh);
for (Uint32 whichInput = 0; whichInput < nInputs; whichInput++)
emitter.useProducer(phiNode.nthInputVariable(whichInput), phiNodeInstruction, whichInput, classKind, drHigh);
node.addPhiNodeInstruction(phiNodeInstruction);
}
}
}
}
}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
SpillCost* cost = registerAllocator.spillCost;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Spill costs:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : ", i));
if (cost[i].infinite)
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("infinite\n"));
else
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("%f\n", cost[i].cost));
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
SplitCost* cost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("Split costs:\n"));
for (Uint32 i = 1; i < rangeCount; i++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\trange %d : loads = %f stores = %f\n", i, cost[i].loads, cost[i].stores));
}
}
void RegisterAllocatorTools::printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
LogModuleObject log = UT_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
ControlNode** nodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = registerAllocator.controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("N%d:\n", n));
InstructionList& phiNodes = nodes[n]->getPhiNodeInstructions();
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
if (!phiNodes.empty()) {
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" PhiNodes:\n", n));
for(InstructionList::iterator i = phiNodes.begin(); !phiNodes.done(i); i = phiNodes.advance(i)) {
phiNodes.get(i).printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
if (!instructions.empty())
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, (" Instructions:\n", n));
}
for(InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.begin(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.advance(i)) {
instructions.get(i).printPretty(log);
UT_OBJECTLOG(log, PR_LOG_ALWAYS, ("\n"));
}
}
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
// -*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
//
// CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
// NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
// Reserved. Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
// intended publication of this Source Code.
//
// $Id: RegisterAllocatorTools.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:05 fur%netscape.com Exp $
//
#ifndef _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
#define _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#include <string.h>
class RegisterAllocator;
class ControlGraph;
class InstructionEmitter;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
struct RegisterAllocatorTools
{
//
//
static void insertPhiNodeInstructions(ControlGraph& controlGraph, InstructionEmitter& emitter);
//
//
static void updateInstructionGraph(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void removeUnnecessaryCopies(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
#ifdef DEBUG
//
//
static void testTheInstructionGraph(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
#endif // DEBUG
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
//
//
static void printInstructions(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void printSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
//
//
static void printSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
//
// FIX: this should go in a class (LookupTable ?)
//
inline RegisterName findRoot(RegisterName name, RegisterName* table)
{
RegisterName* stack = table;
RegisterName* stackPtr = stack;
RegisterName newName;
while((newName = table[name]) != name) {
*--stackPtr = name;
name = newName;
}
while (stackPtr != stack)
table[*stackPtr++] = name;
return name;
}
inline void init(RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount)
{
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(0); r < nameCount; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
table[r] = r;
}
inline Uint32 compress(RegisterName* name2range, RegisterName* table, Uint32 nameCount, Uint32 tableSize)
{
RegisterName* liveRange = new RegisterName[tableSize];
memset(liveRange, '\0', tableSize * sizeof(RegisterName));
// Update the lookup table.
for (RegisterName r = RegisterName(1); r < tableSize; r = RegisterName(r + 1))
findRoot(r, table);
// Count the liveranges.
Uint32 liveRangeCount = 1;
for (RegisterName s = RegisterName(1); s < tableSize; s = RegisterName(s + 1))
if (table[s] == s)
liveRange[s] = RegisterName(liveRangeCount++);
for (RegisterName t = RegisterName(1); t < nameCount; t = RegisterName(t + 1))
name2range[t] = liveRange[table[name2range[t]]];
return liveRangeCount;
}
inline double doLog10(Uint32 power)
{
double log = 1.0;
while (power--)
log *= 10.0;
return log;
}
#endif // _REGISTER_ALLOCATOR_TOOLS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
#define _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
class FastBitMatrix;
class RegisterAssigner
{
protected:
VirtualRegisterManager& vRegManager;
public:
RegisterAssigner(VirtualRegisterManager& vrMan) : vRegManager(vrMan) {}
virtual bool assignRegisters(FastBitMatrix& interferenceMatrix) = 0;
};
#endif /* _REGISTER_ASSIGNER_H_ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
#define _REGISTER_CLASS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#endif // _REGISTER_CLASS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
#define _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_
#include "BitSet.h"
#include "HashSet.h"
struct LowRegisterPressure
{
typedef BitSet Set;
static const bool setIsOrdered = true;
};
struct HighRegisterPressure
{
typedef HashSet Set;
static const bool setIsOrdered = false;
};
#endif // _REGISTER_PRESSURE_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
#define _REGISTER_TYPES_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterName -
//
enum RegisterName {
rnInvalid = 0,
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterClassKind -
//
enum RegisterClassKind {
rckInvalid = 0,
rckGeneral,
rckStackSlot,
nRegisterClassKind
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterID -
//
enum RegisterID {
invalidID = 0
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// RegisterKind -
//
enum RegisterKind {
rkCallerSave = 0,
rkCalleeSave,
};
struct NameLinkedList {
RegisterName name;
NameLinkedList* next;
};
#ifdef DEBUG
const registerNameMask = 0x03ffffff;
const coloredRegisterMask = 0x04000000;
const machineRegisterMask = 0x08000000;
const registerClassMask = 0xf0000000;
const registerNameShift = 0;
const coloredRegisterShift = 26;
const machineRegisterShift = 27;
const registerClassShift = 28;
#else // DEBUG
const registerNameMask = 0x0fffffff;
const registerClassMask = 0xf0000000;
const registerNameShift = 0;
const registerClassShift = 28;
#endif // DEBUG
inline RegisterClassKind getClass(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterClassKind((registerID & registerClassMask) >> registerClassShift);}
inline RegisterName getName(RegisterID registerID) {return RegisterName((registerID & registerNameMask) >> registerNameShift);}
inline void setClass(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterClassKind classKind) {registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerClassMask) | ((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask));}
inline void setName(RegisterID& registerID, RegisterName name) {assert((name & ~registerNameMask) == 0); registerID = RegisterID((registerID & ~registerNameMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
inline RegisterID buildRegisterID(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind) {return RegisterID(((classKind << registerClassShift) & registerClassMask) | ((name << registerNameShift) & registerNameMask));}
#ifdef DEBUG
inline bool isMachineRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & machineRegisterMask) != 0;}
inline void setMachineRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | machineRegisterMask);}
inline bool isColoredRegister(RegisterID rid) {return (rid & coloredRegisterMask) != 0;}
inline void setColoredRegister(RegisterID& rid) {rid = RegisterID(rid | coloredRegisterMask);}
#endif // DEBUG
#endif // _REGISTER_TYPES_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "SSATools.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "Liveness.h"
void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager)
{
if (!controlGraph.hasBackEdges)
return;
Liveness liveness(controlGraph.pool);
liveness.buildLivenessAnalysis(controlGraph, vrManager);
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SSA_TOOLS_H_
#define _SSA_TOOLS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
class ControlGraph;
class VirtualRegisterManager;
extern void replacePhiNodes(ControlGraph& controlGraph, VirtualRegisterManager& vrManager);
#endif // _SSA_TOOLS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
//
void SparseSet::printPretty(LogModuleObject log)
{
Pool pool;
BitSet set(pool, universeSize);
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
set.set(node[i].element);
set.printPretty(log);
}
#endif // DEBUG_LOG

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
// -*- mode:C++; tab-width:4; truncate-lines:t -*-
//
// CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF
// NETSCAPE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
// Copyright © 1996, 1997 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
// Reserved. Use of this Source Code is subject to the terms of the
// applicable license agreement from Netscape Communications Corporation.
// The copyright notice(s) in this Source Code does not indicate actual or
// intended publication of this Source Code.
//
// $Id: SparseSet.h,v 1.1.2.1 1999-03-02 16:12:07 fur%netscape.com Exp $
//
#ifndef _SPARSE_SET_H_
#define _SPARSE_SET_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "Pool.h"
#include "LogModule.h"
#include "BitSet.h"
class SparseSet
{
private:
struct Node {
Uint32 element;
Uint32 stackIndex;
};
Node* node;
Uint32 count;
Uint32 universeSize;
private:
// No copy constructor.
SparseSet(const SparseSet&);
// Check if the given set's universe is of the same size than this universe.
void checkUniverseCompatibility(const SparseSet& set) const {assert(set.universeSize == universeSize);}
// Check if pos is valid for this set's universe.
void checkMember(Int32 pos) const {assert(pos >=0 && Uint32(pos) < universeSize);}
public:
SparseSet(Pool& pool, Uint32 universeSize) : universeSize(universeSize) {node = new(pool) Node[universeSize]; clear();}
// Clear the sparse set.
void clear() {count = 0;}
// Clear the element at index.
inline void clear(Uint32 index);
// Set the element at index.
inline void set(Uint32 index);
// Return true if the element at index is set.
inline bool test(Uint32 index) const;
// Union with the given sparse set.
inline void or(const SparseSet& set);
// Intersection with the given sparse set.
inline void and(const SparseSet& set);
// Difference with the given sparse set.
inline void difference(const SparseSet& set);
// Copy set.
inline SparseSet& operator = (const SparseSet& set);
inline SparseSet& operator = (const BitSet& set);
// Return true if the sparse sets are identical.
friend bool operator == (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
// Return true if the sparse sets are different.
friend bool operator != (const SparseSet& set1, const SparseSet& set2);
// Logical operators.
SparseSet& operator |= (const SparseSet& set) {or(set); return *this;}
SparseSet& operator &= (const SparseSet& set) {and(set); return *this;}
SparseSet& operator -= (const SparseSet& set) {difference(set); return *this;}
// Iterator to conform with the set API.
typedef Int32 iterator;
// Return the iterator for the first element of this set.
iterator begin() const {return count - 1;}
// Return the next iterator.
iterator advance(iterator pos) const {return --pos;}
// Return true if the iterator is at the end of the set.
bool done(iterator pos) const {return pos < 0;}
// Return the element for the given iterator;
Uint32 get(iterator pos) const {return node[pos].element;}
// Return one element of this set.
Uint32 getOne() const {assert(count > 0); return node[0].element;}
// Return the size of this set.
Uint32 getSize() const {return count;}
#ifdef DEBUG_LOG
// Print the set.
void printPretty(LogModuleObject log);
#endif // DEBUG_LOG
};
inline void SparseSet::clear(Uint32 element)
{
checkMember(element);
Uint32 count = this->count;
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
if ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element)) {
Uint32 stackTop = node[count - 1].element;
node[stackIndex].element = stackTop;
node[stackTop].stackIndex = stackIndex;
this->count = count - 1;
}
}
inline void SparseSet::set(Uint32 element)
{
checkMember(element);
Uint32 count = this->count;
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
if ((stackIndex >= count) || (node[stackIndex].element != element)) {
node[count].element = element;
node[element].stackIndex = count;
this->count = count + 1;
}
}
inline bool SparseSet::test(Uint32 element) const
{
checkMember(element);
Node* node = this->node;
Uint32 stackIndex = node[element].stackIndex;
return ((stackIndex < count) && (node[stackIndex].element == element));
}
inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const SparseSet& set)
{
checkUniverseCompatibility(set);
Uint32 sourceCount = set.getSize();
Node* node = this->node;
memcpy(node, set.node, sourceCount * sizeof(Node));
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < sourceCount; i++) {
Uint32 element = node[i].element;
node[element].stackIndex = i;
}
count = sourceCount;
return *this;
}
inline SparseSet& SparseSet::operator = (const BitSet& set)
{
// FIX: there's room for optimization here.
assert(universeSize == set.getSize());
clear();
for (Int32 i = set.firstOne(); i != -1; i = set.nextOne(i))
this->set(i);
return *this;
}
#endif // _SPARSE_SET_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef NEW_LAURENTM_CODE
#define INCLUDE_EMITTER
#include "CpuInfo.h"
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "InstructionEmitter.h"
#include "Spilling.h"
void Spilling::
insertSpillCode(ControlNode** dfsList, Uint32 nNodes)
{
PRUint32 nVirtualRegisters = vRegManager.count();
FastBitSet currentLive(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
FastBitSet usedInThisInstruction(vRegManager.pool, nVirtualRegisters);
RegisterFifo grNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
RegisterFifo fpNeedLoad(nVirtualRegisters);
for (PRInt32 n = nNodes - 1; n >= 0; n--)
{
PR_ASSERT(grNeedLoad.empty() & fpNeedLoad.empty());
ControlNode& node = *dfsList[n];
currentLive = node.liveAtEnd;
PRUint32 nGeneralAlive = 0;
PRUint32 nFloatingPointAlive = 0;
// Get the number of registers alive at the end of this node.
for (PRInt32 j = currentLive.firstOne(); j != -1; j = currentLive.nextOne(j))
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(j);
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
{
currentLive.clear(j);
}
else
{
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive++;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive++;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________Begin Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i))
{
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* defPtr;
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) { printf("\n");
// instruction.printPretty(stdout);
// printf("\n"); }
// Handle definitions
for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
currentLive.clear(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive--;
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive--;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
// Check for deaths
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
if (!currentLive.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
// This is the last use of this register.
{
currentLive.set(vReg.getRegisterIndex());
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
nGeneralAlive++;
while (/*(nGeneralAlive > NUMBER_OF_GREGISTERS) &&*/ !grNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 toLoad = grNeedLoad.get();
currentLive.clear(toLoad);
nGeneralAlive--;
VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nReg.releaseSelf();
}
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
nFloatingPointAlive++;
while (/*(nFloatingPointAlive > NUMBER_OF_FPREGISTERS) &&*/ !fpNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 toLoad = fpNeedLoad.get();
currentLive.clear(toLoad);
nFloatingPointAlive--;
VirtualRegister& nReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(toLoad);
Instruction& lastUsingInstruction = *nReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUsingInstruction.getPrimitive(), lastUsingInstruction.getLinks().prev,
nReg.getAlias(), *nReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nReg.releaseSelf();
}
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
// Handle uses
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = usePtr->getVirtualRegister();
PRUint32 registerIndex = vReg.getRegisterIndex();
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill) {
#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
if (!instruction.switchUseToSpill((usePtr - useBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
#endif
{
switch (vReg.getClass())
{
case vrcInteger:
if (!grNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
{
grNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vrcInteger);
if (vReg.isPreColored())
alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
/* if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
} */
vReg.setAlias(alias);
vReg.retainSelf();
}
break;
case vrcFloatingPoint:
case vrcFixedPoint:
if (!fpNeedLoad.test(registerIndex))
{
fpNeedLoad.put(registerIndex);
VirtualRegister& alias = vRegManager.newVirtualRegister(vReg.getClass());
if (vReg.isPreColored())
alias.preColorRegister(vReg.getPreColor());
/*if (vReg.hasSpecialInterference) {
alias.specialInterference.sizeTo(NUMBER_OF_REGISTERS);
alias.specialInterference = vReg.specialInterference;
alias.hasSpecialInterference = true;
} */
vReg.setAlias(alias);
vReg.retainSelf();
}
break;
default:
break;
}
usePtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
usedInThisInstruction.set(registerIndex);
vReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction = &instruction;
}
currentLive.clear(registerIndex);
} else { // will not spill
currentLive.set(registerIndex);
}
}
// Handle definitions
for (defPtr = defBegin; defPtr < defEnd; defPtr++)
if (defPtr->isVirtualRegister())
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = defPtr->getVirtualRegister();
if (vReg.spillInfo.willSpill)
#if defined(GENERATE_FOR_X86)
if (!instruction.switchDefineToSpill((defPtr - defBegin), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]))
#endif
{
if (usedInThisInstruction.test(vReg.getRegisterIndex()))
// this virtualRegister was used in this instruction and is also defined. We need to move
// this virtual register to its alias first and then save it to memory.
{
emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(),
vReg.getAlias(), *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
defPtr->getVirtualRegisterPtr().initialize(vReg.getAlias());
}
else
{
emitter.emitStoreAfter(*instruction.getPrimitive(), &instruction.getLinks(),
vReg, *vReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
}
}
}
}
while (!grNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 nl = grNeedLoad.get();
VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev,
nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nlReg.releaseSelf();
}
while (!fpNeedLoad.empty())
{
PRUint32 nl = fpNeedLoad.get();
VirtualRegister& nlReg = vRegManager.getVirtualRegister(nl);
Instruction& lastUse = *nlReg.spillInfo.lastUsingInstruction;
emitter.emitLoadAfter(*lastUse.getPrimitive(), lastUse.getLinks().prev,
nlReg.getAlias(), *nlReg.equivalentRegister[vrcStackSlot]);
nlReg.releaseSelf();
}
// if(node.dfsNum == 8) printf("\n________End Node %d________\n", node.dfsNum);
}
}
#endif

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SPILLING_H_
#define _SPILLING_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "SparseSet.h"
template <class RegisterPressure>
class Spilling
{
private:
static void insertStoreAfter(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
static void insertLoadBefore(Instruction& instruction, RegisterName name);
public:
static void calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static void insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
struct SpillCost
{
double loads;
double stores;
double copies;
double cost;
bool infinite;
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertSpillCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet currentLive(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet& willSpill = *registerAllocator.willSpill;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
needLoad.clear();
currentLive = liveOut[n];
mustSpill = currentLive;
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i);) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
i = instructions.retreat(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
bool foundLiveDefine = false;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
if (currentLive.test(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
foundLiveDefine = true;
break;
}
} else {
foundLiveDefine = true;
break;
}
if (defineBegin != defineEnd && !foundLiveDefine) {
fprintf(stderr, "!!! Removed instruction because it was only defining unused registers !!!\n");
instruction.remove();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
#ifdef DEBUG
if (needLoad.test(range))
if (!mustSpill.test(range) && registerAllocator.spillCost[range].infinite && willSpill.test(range)) {
fprintf(stderr, "Tried to spill a register with infinite spill cost\n");
abort();
}
#endif // DEBUG
if (willSpill.test(range))
insertStoreAfter(instruction, range);
needLoad.clear(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!currentLive.test(range))
for (SparseSet::iterator r = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(r); r = needLoad.advance(r)) {
RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(r));
if (willSpill.test(load))
insertLoadBefore(instruction, load);
mustSpill.set(load);
}
needLoad.clear();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
currentLive.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
currentLive.set(range);
needLoad.set(range);
}
}
for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
RegisterName load = RegisterName(needLoad.get(l));
if (willSpill.test(load))
insertLoadBefore(instructions.first(), load);
}
}
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertLoadBefore(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
{
fprintf(stdout, "will insert load for range %d\n", name);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::insertStoreAfter(Instruction& /*instruction*/, RegisterName name)
{
fprintf(stdout, "will insert store for range %d\n", name);
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Spilling<RegisterPressure>::calculateSpillCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet needLoad(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet mustSpill(pool, rangeCount);
SparseSet alreadyStored(pool, rangeCount); // FIX: should get this from previous spilling.
SpillCost* cost = new SpillCost[rangeCount];
memset(cost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SpillCost));
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
needLoad.clear();
live = liveOut[n];
mustSpill = live;
InstructionList& instructions = nodes[n]->getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (needLoad.test(range))
if (!mustSpill.test(range))
cost[range].infinite = true;
if ((false /* !rematerializable(range) */ || !needLoad.test(range)) && !alreadyStored.test(range))
cost[range].stores += weight;
needLoad.clear(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy)
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
if (!live.test(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()])) {
for (SparseSet::iterator l = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(l); l = needLoad.advance(l)) {
Uint32 range = needLoad.get(l);
cost[range].loads += weight;
mustSpill.set(range);
}
needLoad.clear();
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
live.set(range);
needLoad.set(range);
}
if (instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) {
assert(useBegin != useEnd && useBegin[0].isRegister());
assert(defineBegin != defineEnd && defineBegin[0].isRegister());
RegisterName source = name2range[useBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
RegisterName destination = name2range[defineBegin[0].getRegisterName()];
cost[source].copies += weight;
cost[destination].copies += weight;
}
}
for (SparseSet::iterator s = needLoad.begin(); !needLoad.done(s); s = needLoad.advance(s))
cost[needLoad.get(s)].loads += weight;
}
for (Uint32 r = 0; r < rangeCount; r++) {
SpillCost& c = cost[r];
c.cost = 2 * (c.loads + c.stores) - c.copies;
}
registerAllocator.spillCost = cost;
}
#endif // _SPILLING_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _SPLITS_H_
#define _SPLITS_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "Pool.h"
#include "ControlGraph.h"
#include "ControlNodes.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
#include "RegisterAllocator.h"
#include "RegisterAllocatorTools.h"
UT_EXTERN_LOG_MODULE(RegAlloc);
template <class RegisterPressure>
struct Splits
{
static void calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
static bool findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range);
static void insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator);
};
struct SplitCost
{
double loads;
double stores;
};
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Splits<RegisterPressure>::insertSplitCode(RegisterAllocator& /*registerAllocator*/)
{
// FIX
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
bool Splits<RegisterPressure>::findSplit(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator, RegisterName* color, RegisterName range)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
NameLinkedList** neighborsWithColor = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[6]; // FIX
memset(neighborsWithColor, '\0', 6 * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
InterferenceGraph<RegisterPressure>& iGraph = registerAllocator.iGraph;
for (InterferenceVector* vector = iGraph.getInterferenceVector(range); vector != NULL; vector = vector->next)
for (Int32 i = vector->count - 1; i >=0; --i) {
RegisterName neighbor = vector->neighbors[i];
RegisterName c = color[neighbor];
if (c < 6) { // FIX
NameLinkedList* node = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
node->name = neighbor;
node->next = neighborsWithColor[c];
neighborsWithColor[c] = node;
}
}
bool splitAroundName = true;
LiveRangeGraph<RegisterPressure>& lGraph = registerAllocator.lGraph;
RegisterName bestColor = RegisterName(6); // FIX
double bestCost = registerAllocator.spillCost[range].cost;
SplitCost* splitCost = registerAllocator.splitCost;
for (RegisterName i = RegisterName(0); i < 6; i = RegisterName(i + 1)) { // FIX
double splitAroundNameCost = 0.0;
bool canSplitAroundName = true;
SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[range];
double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
if (lGraph.haveEdge(neighbor, range)) {
canSplitAroundName = false;
break;
} else
splitAroundNameCost += addedCost;
}
if (canSplitAroundName && splitAroundNameCost < bestCost) {
bestCost = splitAroundNameCost;
bestColor = i;
splitAroundName = true;
}
double splitAroundColorCost = 0.0;
bool canSplitAroundColor = true;
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[i]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
if (lGraph.haveEdge(range, neighbor)) {
canSplitAroundColor = false;
break;
} else {
SplitCost& sCost = splitCost[neighbor];
double addedCost = 2.0 * (sCost.stores + sCost.loads);
splitAroundColorCost += addedCost;
}
}
if (canSplitAroundColor && splitAroundColorCost < bestCost) {
bestCost = splitAroundColorCost;
bestColor = i;
splitAroundName = false;
}
}
if (bestColor < RegisterName(6)) {
color[range] = bestColor;
registerAllocator.splitFound = true;
NameLinkedList** splitAround = registerAllocator.splitAround;
if (splitAroundName)
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
newNode->name = node->name;
newNode->next = splitAround[range];
splitAround[range] = newNode;
}
else
for (NameLinkedList* node = neighborsWithColor[bestColor]; node != NULL; node = node->next) {
NameLinkedList* newNode = new(pool) NameLinkedList();
RegisterName neighbor = node->name;
newNode->name = range;
newNode->next = splitAround[neighbor];
splitAround[neighbor] = newNode;
}
trespass("Found a split");
return true;
}
return false;
}
template <class RegisterPressure>
void Splits<RegisterPressure>::calculateSplitCosts(RegisterAllocator& registerAllocator)
{
Pool& pool = registerAllocator.pool;
Uint32 rangeCount = registerAllocator.rangeCount;
RegisterName* name2range = registerAllocator.name2range;
SplitCost* splitCost = new(pool) SplitCost[rangeCount];
memset(splitCost, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(SplitCost));
SparseSet live(pool, rangeCount);
RegisterPressure::Set* liveIn = registerAllocator.liveness.liveIn;
RegisterPressure::Set* liveOut = registerAllocator.liveness.liveOut;
ControlGraph& controlGraph = registerAllocator.controlGraph;
ControlNode** nodes = controlGraph.dfsList;
Uint32 nNodes = controlGraph.nNodes;
for (Uint32 n = 0; n < nNodes; n++) {
ControlNode& node = *nodes[n];
double weight = doLog10(node.loopDepth);
live = liveOut[n];
ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++) {
ControlNode& successor = successorsPtr->getTarget();
if (successor.getControlKind() != ckEnd) {
RegisterPressure::Set& successorLiveIn = liveIn[successor.dfsNum];
for (SparseSet::iterator i = live.begin(); !live.done(i); i = live.advance(i)) {
RegisterName name = RegisterName(live.get(i));
if (!successorLiveIn.test(name))
splitCost[name].loads += doLog10(successor.loopDepth);
}
}
}
InstructionList& instructions = node.getInstructions();
for (InstructionList::iterator i = instructions.end(); !instructions.done(i); i = instructions.retreat(i)) {
Instruction& instruction = instructions.get(i);
InstructionUse* useBegin = instruction.getInstructionUseBegin();
InstructionUse* useEnd = instruction.getInstructionUseEnd();
InstructionUse* usePtr;
InstructionDefine* defineBegin = instruction.getInstructionDefineBegin();
InstructionDefine* defineEnd = instruction.getInstructionDefineEnd();
InstructionDefine* definePtr;
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
splitCost[name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]].stores += weight;
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister()) {
RegisterName range = name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()];
if (!live.test(range)) {
if (&instruction != &instructions.last())
splitCost[range].loads += weight;
else {
ControlEdge* successorsEnd = node.getSuccessorsEnd();
for (ControlEdge* successorsPtr = node.getSuccessorsBegin(); successorsPtr < successorsEnd; successorsPtr++)
splitCost[range].loads += doLog10(successorsPtr->getTarget().loopDepth);
}
}
}
for (definePtr = defineBegin; definePtr < defineEnd; definePtr++)
if (definePtr->isRegister())
live.clear(name2range[definePtr->getRegisterName()]);
for (usePtr = useBegin; usePtr < useEnd; usePtr++)
if (usePtr->isRegister())
live.set(name2range[usePtr->getRegisterName()]);
}
}
NameLinkedList** splitAround = new(pool) NameLinkedList*[rangeCount];
memset(splitAround, '\0', rangeCount * sizeof(NameLinkedList*));
registerAllocator.splitAround = splitAround;
registerAllocator.splitCost = splitCost;
registerAllocator.splitFound = false;
}
#endif // _SPLITS_H_

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashTable.h"
#include "Timer.h"
#include "Pool.h"
static Pool pool; // Pool for the Timer class.
static HashTable<TimerEntry*> timerEntries(pool); // Timers hashtable.
const nTimersInABlock = 128; // Number of timers in a block.
static PRTime *timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock]; // A block of timers.
static Uint8 nextTimer = 0; // nextAvailableTimer.
//
// Calibrate the call to PR_Now().
//
static PRTime calibrate()
{
PRTime t = PR_Now();
PRTime& a = *new(pool) PRTime();
// Call 10 times the PR_Now() function.
a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now();
a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now(); a = PR_Now();
t = (PR_Now() - t + 9) / 10;
return t;
}
static PRTime adjust = calibrate();
//
// Return the named timer..
//
TimerEntry& Timer::getTimerEntry(const char* name)
{
if (!timerEntries.exists(name)) {
TimerEntry* newEntry = new(pool) TimerEntry();
newEntry->accumulator = 0;
newEntry->running = false;
timerEntries.add(name, newEntry);
}
return *timerEntries[name];
}
//
// Return a reference to a new timer.
//
PRTime& Timer::getNewTimer()
{
if (nextTimer >= nTimersInABlock) {
timers = new(pool) PRTime[nTimersInABlock];
nextTimer = 0;
}
return timers[nextTimer++];
}
static Uint32 timersAreFrozen = 0;
//
// Start the named timer.
//
void Timer::start(const char* name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(!timer.running);
timer.accumulator = 0;
timer.running = true;
timer.done = false;
unfreezeTimers();
}
//
// Stop the named timer.
//
void Timer::stop(const char* name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(timer.running);
timer.running = false;
timer.done = true;
unfreezeTimers();
}
//
// Freeze all the running timers.
//
void Timer::freezeTimers()
{
PRTime when = PR_Now() - adjust;
if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
Vector<TimerEntry*> entries = timerEntries;
Uint32 count = entries.size();
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
if (entry.running) {
entry.accumulator += (when - *entry.startTime);
}
}
}
timersAreFrozen++;
}
//
// Unfreeze all the running timers.
//
void Timer::unfreezeTimers()
{
PR_ASSERT(timersAreFrozen != 0);
timersAreFrozen--;
if (timersAreFrozen == 0) {
Vector<TimerEntry *> entries = timerEntries;
Uint32 count = entries.size();
PRTime& newStart = getNewTimer();
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < count; i++) {
TimerEntry& entry = *entries[i];
if (entry.running) {
entry.startTime = &newStart;
}
}
newStart = PR_Now();
}
}
//
// Print the named timer in the file f.
//
void Timer::print(FILE* f, const char *name)
{
if (timersAreFrozen)
return;
freezeTimers();
TimerEntry& timer = getTimerEntry(name);
PR_ASSERT(timer.done);
PRTime elapsed = timer.accumulator;
if (elapsed >> 32) {
fprintf(f, "[timer %s out of range]\n", name);
} else {
fprintf(f, "[%dus in %s]\n", Uint32(elapsed), name);
}
fflush(f);
unfreezeTimers();
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _TIMER_H_
#define _TIMER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "HashTable.h"
#include "prtime.h"
//
// Naming convention:
// As the class Timer contains only static methods, the timer's name should start with the
// module name. Otherwise starting 2 timers with the same name will assert.
//
#ifndef NO_TIMER
struct TimerEntry
{
PRTime *startTime; // Current time when we start the timer.
PRTime accumulator; // Time spent in this timer.
bool running; // True if the timer is running.
bool done; // True if the timer was running and was stopped.
};
class Timer
{
private:
// Return the named timer.
static TimerEntry& getTimerEntry(const char* name);
// Return a reference to a new Timer.
static PRTime& getNewTimer();
public:
// Start the timer.
static void start(const char* name);
// Stop the timer.
static void stop(const char* name);
// Freeze all the running timers.
static void freezeTimers();
// Unfreeze all the running timers.
static void unfreezeTimers();
// Print the timer.
static void print(FILE* f, const char *name);
};
inline void startTimer(const char* name) {Timer::start(name);}
inline void stopTimer(const char* name) {Timer::stop(name); Timer::print(stdout, name);}
#define START_TIMER_SAFE Timer::freezeTimers();
#define END_TIMER_SAFE Timer::unfreezeTimers();
#define TIMER_SAFE(x) START_TIMER_SAFE x; END_TIMER_SAFE
#else /* NO_TIMER */
inline void startTimer(const char* /*name*/) {}
inline void stopTimer(const char* /*name*/) {}
#define START_TIMER_SAFE
#define END_TIMER_SAFE
#define TIMER_SAFE(x) x;
#endif /* NO_TIMER */
#endif /* _TIMER_H_ */

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "VirtualRegister.h"
#include "Instruction.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegister -
#ifdef MANUAL_TEMPLATES
template class IndexedPool<VirtualRegister>;
#endif
// Set the defining instruction.
//
void VirtualRegister::setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& instruction)
{
if (definingInstruction != NULL) {
if ((instruction.getFlags() & ifCopy) && (definingInstruction->getFlags() & ifPhiNode))
return;
}
definingInstruction = &instruction;
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
* Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
* compliance with the NPL. You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
* http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
*
* Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* NPL.
*
* The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All Rights
* Reserved.
*/
#ifndef _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
#define _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_
#include "Fundamentals.h"
#include "IndexedPool.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "RegisterTypes.h"
#include "RegisterClass.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegister - 24b
class Instruction;
class VirtualRegister : public IndexedObject<VirtualRegister>
{
public:
Instruction* definingInstruction; // Instruction defining this VR.
// Initialize a VR of the given classKind.
VirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind /*classKind*/) : definingInstruction(NULL) {}
// Return the defining instruction for this VR.
Instruction* getDefiningInstruction() const {return definingInstruction;}
// Set the defining instruction.
void setDefiningInstruction(Instruction& insn);
};
// Return true if the VirtualRegisters are equals. The only way 2 VRs can be equal is if
// they have the same index. If they have the same index then they are at the same
// address in the indexed pool.
//
inline bool operator == (const VirtualRegister& regA, const VirtualRegister& regB) {return &regA == &regB;}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// VirtualRegisterManager -
struct PreColoredRegister
{
RegisterID id;
RegisterName color;
};
class VirtualRegisterManager
{
private:
IndexedPool<VirtualRegister> registerPool;
PreColoredRegister machineRegister[6];
public:
VirtualRegisterManager()
{
for (Uint32 i = 0; i < 6; i++)
machineRegister[i].id = invalidID;
}
// Return the VirtualRegister at the given index.
VirtualRegister& getVirtualRegister(RegisterName name) const {return registerPool.get(name);}
// Return a new VirtualRegister.
RegisterID newVirtualRegister(RegisterClassKind classKind)
{
VirtualRegister& vReg = *new(registerPool) VirtualRegister(classKind);
RegisterID rid;
setName(rid, RegisterName(vReg.getIndex()));
setClass(rid, classKind);
return rid;
}
RegisterID newMachineRegister(RegisterName name, RegisterClassKind classKind)
{
RegisterID rid = machineRegister[name].id;
if (rid == invalidID) {
rid = newVirtualRegister(classKind);
DEBUG_ONLY(setMachineRegister(rid));
machineRegister[name].id = rid;
machineRegister[name].color = name;
}
return rid;
}
PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersBegin() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) machineRegister;} // FIX
PreColoredRegister* getMachineRegistersEnd() const {return (PreColoredRegister*) &machineRegister[6];} // FIX
// Return the VirtualRegister universe size.
Uint32 getSize() {return registerPool.getSize();}
void setSize(Uint32 size) {registerPool.setSize(size);}
};
#endif // _VIRTUAL_REGISTER_H_

View File

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
#! gmake
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
MOD_DEPTH = .
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
MAKE := $(patsubst -j%,,$(MAKE)) -j1
DIRS = config pr lib
ifdef MOZILLA_CLIENT
# Make nsinstall use absolute symlinks by default for Mozilla OSX builds
# http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=193164
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
ifndef NSDISTMODE
NSDISTMODE=absolute_symlink
export NSDISTMODE
endif
endif
endif
DIST_GARBAGE = config.cache config.log config.status
all:: config.status export
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
config.status:: configure
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
sh $(srcdir)/configure --no-create --no-recursion
else
./config.status --recheck && ./config.status
endif
#
# The -ll option of zip converts CR LF to LF.
#
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
ZIP_ASCII_OPT = -ll
endif
# Delete config/autoconf.mk last because it is included by every makefile.
distclean::
@echo "cd pr/tests; $(MAKE) $@"
@$(MAKE) -C pr/tests $@
rm -f config/autoconf.mk
rm -f `cat unallmakefiles` unallmakefiles
release::
echo $(BUILD_NUMBER) > $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/version.df
@if test -f imports.df; then \
echo "cp -f imports.df $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/imports.df"; \
cp -f imports.df $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/imports.df; \
else \
echo "echo > $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/imports.df"; \
echo > $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/imports.df; \
fi
cd $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(OBJDIR_NAME); \
rm -rf META-INF; mkdir META-INF; cd META-INF; \
echo "Manifest-Version: 1.0" > MANIFEST.MF; \
echo "" >> MANIFEST.MF; \
cd ..; rm -f mdbinary.jar; zip -r mdbinary.jar META-INF bin lib; \
rm -rf META-INF; \
cd include; \
rm -rf META-INF; mkdir META-INF; cd META-INF; \
echo "Manifest-Version: 1.0" > MANIFEST.MF; \
echo "" >> MANIFEST.MF; \
cd ..; rm -f mdheader.jar; zip $(ZIP_ASCII_OPT) -r mdheader.jar *; \
rm -rf META-INF
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
@if test ! -d $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); then \
rm -rf $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
echo "making directory $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)"; \
$(topsrcdir)/config/prmkdir.bat $(MDIST_DOS)\\$(MOD_NAME)\\$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
fi
@if test ! -d $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); then \
rm -rf $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
echo "making directory $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME)"; \
$(topsrcdir)/config/prmkdir.bat $(MDIST_DOS)\\$(MOD_NAME)\\$(BUILD_NUMBER)\\$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
fi
else
@if test ! -d $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); then \
rm -rf $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
echo "making directory $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)"; \
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
chmod 775 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
fi
@if test ! -d $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); then \
rm -rf $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
echo "making directory $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME)"; \
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
chmod 775 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
fi
endif
cd $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
cp -f version.df imports.df $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER); \
chmod 664 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/version.df; \
chmod 664 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/imports.df; \
cd $(OBJDIR_NAME); \
cp -f mdbinary.jar $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
chmod 664 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME)/mdbinary.jar; \
cd include; \
cp -f mdheader.jar $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME); \
chmod 664 $(MDIST)/$(MOD_NAME)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME)/mdheader.jar
package:
@echo "cd pkg; $(MAKE) publish"
$(MAKE) -C pkg publish
depend:
@echo "NSPR20 has no dependencies. Skipped."

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/perl
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2001
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
#
# explode.pl -- Unpack .jar files into bin, lib, include directories
#
# syntax: perl explode.pl
#
# Description:
# explode.pl unpacks the .jar files created by the NSPR build
# procedure.
#
# Suggested use: After copying the platform directories to
# /s/b/c/nspr20/<release>. CD to /s/b/c/nspr20/<release> and
# run explode.pl. This will unpack the jar files into bin, lib,
# include directories.
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
@dirs = `ls -d *.OBJ*`;
foreach $dir (@dirs) {
chop($dir);
if (-l $dir) {
print "Skipping symbolic link $dir\n";
next;
}
print "Unzipping $dir/mdbinary.jar\n";
system ("unzip", "-o", "$dir/mdbinary.jar",
"-d", "$dir");
system ("rm", "-rf", "$dir/META-INF");
mkdir "$dir/include", 0755;
print "Unzipping $dir/mdheader.jar\n";
system ("unzip", "-o", "-aa",
"$dir/mdheader.jar",
"-d", "$dir/include");
system ("rm", "-rf", "$dir/include/META-INF");
}
# --- end explode.pl ----------------------------------------------

View File

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2001
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
# makeTargetDirs.sh -- Create target directories for building NSPR
#
# syntax: makeTargetDirs.sh
#
# Description:
# makeTargetDirs.sh creates a set of directories intended for use
# with NSPR's autoconf based build system.
#
# The enumerated directories are the same as those built for NSPR
# 4.1.1. Adjust as needed.
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
mkdir AIX4.3_64_DBG.OBJ
mkdir AIX4.3_64_OPT.OBJ
mkdir AIX4.3_DBG.OBJ
mkdir AIX4.3_OPT.OBJ
mkdir HP-UXB.11.00_64_DBG.OBJ
mkdir HP-UXB.11.00_64_OPT.OBJ
mkdir HP-UXB.11.00_DBG.OBJ
mkdir HP-UXB.11.00_OPT.OBJ
mkdir IRIX6.5_n32_PTH_DBG.OBJ
mkdir IRIX6.5_n32_PTH_OPT.OBJ
mkdir Linux2.2_x86_glibc_PTH_DBG.OBJ
mkdir Linux2.2_x86_glibc_PTH_OPT.OBJ
mkdir Linux2.4_x86_glibc_PTH_DBG.OBJ
mkdir Linux2.4_x86_glibc_PTH_OPT.OBJ
mkdir OSF1V4.0D_DBG.OBJ
mkdir OSF1V4.0D_OPT.OBJ
mkdir SunOS5.6_DBG.OBJ
mkdir SunOS5.6_OPT.OBJ
mkdir SunOS5.7_64_DBG.OBJ
mkdir SunOS5.7_64_OPT.OBJ
mkdir WIN954.0_DBG.OBJ
mkdir WIN954.0_DBG.OBJD
mkdir WIN954.0_OPT.OBJ
mkdir WINNT4.0_DBG.OBJ
mkdir WINNT4.0_DBG.OBJD
mkdir WINNT4.0_OPT.OBJ
# --- end makeTargetDirs.sh ---------------------------------------

View File

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2001
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
# repackage.sh -- Repackage NSPR from /s/b/c to mozilla.org format
#
# syntax: repackage.sh
#
# Description:
# repackage.sh creates NSPR binary distributions for mozilla.org from
# the internal binary distributions in /share/builds/components/nspr20.
# There are reasons why we can't just push the internal binary distributions
# to mozilla.org. External developers prefer to use the common archive
# file format for their platforms, rather than the jar files we use internally.
#
# On Unix, we create a tar.gz file. On Windows, we create a zip file.
# For example: NSPR 4.1.1, these would be nspr-4.1.1.tar.gz and nspr-4.1.1.zip.
#
# When unpacked, nspr-4.1.1.tar.gz or nspr-4.1.1.zip should expand to a
# nspr-4.1.1 directory that contains three subdirectories: include, lib,
# and bin. The header files, with the correct line endings for the
# platform, are in nspr-4.1.1/include. The libraries are in nspr-4.1.1/lib.
# The executable programs are in nspr-4.1.1/bin.
#
# Note! Files written with Gnu tar are not readable by some non-Gnu
# versions. Sun, in particular.
#
#
#
#
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
FROMTOP=/share/builds/components/nspr20/v4.7
TOTOP=./v4.7
NSPRDIR=nspr-4.7
SOURCETAG=NSPR_4_7_RTM
#
# enumerate Unix object directories on /s/b/c
UNIX_OBJDIRS="
HP-UXB.11.11_64_DBG.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.11_64_OPT.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.11_DBG.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.11_OPT.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.23_ia64_32_DBG.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.23_ia64_32_OPT.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.23_ia64_64_DBG.OBJ
HP-UXB.11.23_ia64_64_OPT.OBJ
Linux2.4_x86_glibc_PTH_DBG.OBJ
Linux2.4_x86_glibc_PTH_OPT.OBJ
Linux2.6_x86_64_glibc_PTH_DBG.OBJ
Linux2.6_x86_64_glibc_PTH_OPT.OBJ
Linux2.6_x86_glibc_PTH_DBG.OBJ
Linux2.6_x86_glibc_PTH_OPT.OBJ
SunOS5.9_64_DBG.OBJ
SunOS5.9_64_OPT.OBJ
SunOS5.9_DBG.OBJ
SunOS5.9_OPT.OBJ
"
#
# enumerate Windows object directories on /s/b/c
WIN_OBJDIRS="
WIN954.0_DBG.OBJ
WIN954.0_DBG.OBJD
WIN954.0_OPT.OBJ
WINNT5.0_DBG.OBJ
WINNT5.0_DBG.OBJD
WINNT5.0_OPT.OBJ
"
#
# Create the destination directory.
#
echo "removing directory $TOTOP"
rm -rf $TOTOP
echo "creating directory $TOTOP"
mkdir -p $TOTOP
#
# Generate the tar.gz files for Unix platforms.
#
for OBJDIR in $UNIX_OBJDIRS; do
echo "removing directory $NSPRDIR"
rm -rf $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR"
mkdir $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR/include"
mkdir $NSPRDIR/include
echo "copying $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/include"
cp -r $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/include $NSPRDIR
echo "copying $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/lib"
cp -r $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/lib $NSPRDIR
echo "copying $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/bin"
cp -r $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/bin $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $TOTOP/$OBJDIR"
mkdir $TOTOP/$OBJDIR
echo "creating $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.tar"
tar cvf $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.tar $NSPRDIR
echo "gzipping $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.tar"
gzip $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.tar
done
#
# Generate the zip files for Windows platforms.
#
for OBJDIR in $WIN_OBJDIRS; do
echo "removing directory $NSPRDIR"
rm -rf $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR"
mkdir $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR/include"
mkdir $NSPRDIR/include
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR/include/private"
mkdir $NSPRDIR/include/private
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR/include/obsolete"
mkdir $NSPRDIR/include/obsolete
# copy headers and adjust unix line-end to Windows line-end
# Note: Watch out for the "sed" command line.
# when editing the command, take care to preserve the "^M" as the literal
# cntl-M character! in vi, use "cntl-v cntl-m" to enter it!
#
headers=`ls $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/include/*.h`
for header in $headers; do
sed -e 's/$/
/g' $header > $NSPRDIR/include/`basename $header`
done
headers=`ls $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/include/obsolete/*.h`
for header in $headers; do
sed -e 's/$/
/g' $header > $NSPRDIR/include/obsolete/`basename $header`
done
headers=`ls $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/include/private/*.h`
for header in $headers; do
sed -e 's/$/
/g' $header > $NSPRDIR/include/private/`basename $header`
done
echo "copying $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/lib"
cp -r $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/lib $NSPRDIR
echo "copying $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/bin"
cp -r $FROMTOP/$OBJDIR/bin $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $TOTOP/$OBJDIR"
mkdir -p $TOTOP/$OBJDIR
echo "creating $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.zip"
zip -r $TOTOP/$OBJDIR/$NSPRDIR.zip $NSPRDIR
done
#
# package the source from CVS
#
echo "Packaging source"
echo "removing directory $NSPRDIR"
rm -rf $NSPRDIR
echo "creating directory $NSPRDIR"
mkdir $NSPRDIR
myWD=`pwd`
cd $NSPRDIR
echo "Pulling source from CVS with tag $SOURCETAG"
cvs co -r $SOURCETAG mozilla/nsprpub
cd $myWD
mkdir $TOTOP/src
echo "Creating source tar file: $TOTOP/src/$NSPRDIR.tar"
tar cvf $TOTOP/src/$NSPRDIR.tar $NSPRDIR
echo "gzip $TOTOP/src/$NSPRDIR.tar"
gzip $TOTOP/src/$NSPRDIR.tar
#
# Remove the working directory.
#

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2001
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
# symlinks.sh -- create links from NSPR builds
#
# syntax: symlinks.sh
#
# Description:
# symlinks.sh creates some symbolic links for NSPR build targets
# that are not actually build, but for which there are NSPR
# binaries suitable for running on the intended target. ... got
# that?
#
# Suggested use: After copying NSPR binaries to
# /s/b/c/nspr20/<platform> run symlinks.sh to create the links
# for all supported platforms.
#
# The symlinks in this script correspond to the NSPR 4.1.1
# release. Adjust as necessary.
#
# -----------------------------------------------------------------
ln -s SunOS5.6_DBG.OBJ SunOS5.7_DBG.OBJ
ln -s SunOS5.6_OPT.OBJ SunOS5.7_OPT.OBJ
ln -s SunOS5.6_DBG.OBJ SunOS5.8_DBG.OBJ
ln -s SunOS5.6_OPT.OBJ SunOS5.8_OPT.OBJ
ln -s SunOS5.7_64_DBG.OBJ SunOS5.8_64_DBG.OBJ
ln -s SunOS5.7_64_OPT.OBJ SunOS5.8_64_OPT.OBJ
ln -s OSF1V4.0D_DBG.OBJ OSF1V5.0_DBG.OBJ
ln -s OSF1V4.0D_OPT.OBJ OSF1V5.0_OPT.OBJ
ln -s WINNT4.0_DBG.OBJ WINNT5.0_DBG.OBJ
ln -s WINNT4.0_DBG.OBJD WINNT5.0_DBG.OBJD
ln -s WINNT4.0_OPT.OBJ WINNT5.0_OPT.OBJ
# --- end symlinks.sh ---------------------------------------------

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5; it is not part of GNU.
#
# $XConsortium: install.sh,v 1.2 89/12/18 14:47:22 jim Exp $
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
#
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd=""
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "install: no input file specified"
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "install: no destination specified"
exit 1
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d $dst ]
then
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
fi
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
dstdir=`dirname $dst`
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; fi
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; fi
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; fi
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; fi
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $rmcmd $dst
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dst
exit 0

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# Stupid wrapper to avoid win32 dospath/cygdrive issues
# Try not to spawn programs from within this file. If the stuff in here looks royally
# confusing, see bug: http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=206643
# and look at the older versions of this file that are easier to read, but
# do basically the same thing
#
prog=$1
shift
if test -z "$prog"; then
exit 0
fi
# If $CYGDRIVE_MOUNT was not set in configure, give $mountpoint the results of mount -p
mountpoint=$CYGDRIVE_MOUNT
if test -z "$mountpoint"; then
mountpoint=`mount -p`
if test -z "$mountpoint"; then
print "Cannot determine cygwin mount points. Exiting"
exit 1
fi
fi
# Delete everything but "/cygdrive" (or other mountpoint) from mount=`mount -p`
mountpoint=${mountpoint#*/}
mountpoint=/${mountpoint%%[!A-Za-z0-9_]*}
mountpoint=${mountpoint%/}
args=""
up=""
if test "${prog}" = "-up"; then
up=1
prog=${1}
shift
fi
process=1
# Convert the mountpoint in parameters to Win32 filenames
# For instance: /cygdrive/c/foo -> c:/foo
for i in "${@}"
do
if test "${i}" = "-wrap"; then
process=1
else
if test "${i}" = "-nowrap"; then
process=
else
if test -n "${process}"; then
if test -n "${up}"; then
pathname=${i#-I[a-zA-Z]:/}
if ! test "${pathname}" = "${i}"; then
no_i=${i#-I}
driveletter=${no_i%%:*}
i=-I${mountpoint}/${driveletter}/${pathname}
fi
else
eval 'leader=${i%%'${mountpoint}'/[a-zA-Z]/*}'
if ! test "${leader}" = "${i}"; then
eval 'pathname=${i#'${leader}${mountpoint}'/[a-zA-Z]/}'
eval 'no_mountpoint=${i#'${leader}${mountpoint}'/}'
driveletter=${no_mountpoint%%/*}
i=${leader}${driveletter}:/${pathname}
fi
fi
fi
args="${args} ${i}"
fi
fi
done
exec $prog $args

View File

@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
#! gmake
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
MOD_DEPTH = ..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
# Indicate that this directory builds build tools.
INTERNAL_TOOLS = 1
# For sanity's sake, we compile nsinstall without the wrapped system
# headers, so that we can use it to set up the wrapped system headers.
VISIBILITY_FLAGS =
# autoconf.mk must be deleted last (from the top-level directory)
# because it is included by every makefile.
DIST_GARBAGE = nsprincl.mk nsprincl.sh nspr-config
RELEASE_BINS = nspr-config
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
CSRCS = now.c
# This version hasn't been ported for us; the one in mozilla/config has
ifneq ($(OS_ARCH),OS2)
CSRCS += nsinstall.c
PLSRCS = nfspwd.pl
endif
ifeq (,$(CROSS_COMPILE)$(filter-out WINNT OS2,$(OS_ARCH)))
PROG_SUFFIX = .exe
else
PROG_SUFFIX =
endif
# Temporary workaround to disable the generation of
# library build time because now.c uses the 'long long'
# data type that's not available on some platforms.
ifeq (,$(filter-out NEC NEXTSTEP QNX SCOOS UNIXWARE,$(OS_ARCH)))
DEFINES += -DOMIT_LIB_BUILD_TIME
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), IRIX)
ifeq ($(basename $(OS_RELEASE)),6)
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
ifeq ($(USE_N32),1)
XLDOPTS += -n32 -Wl,-woff,85
else
ifeq ($(USE_64),1)
XLDOPTS += -64
else
XLDOPTS += -32
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), HP-UX)
ifeq ($(USE_64),1)
XLDOPTS += +DD64
endif
endif
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),EMX)
XCFLAGS = $(OS_CFLAGS)
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_EMX_OBJECTFORMAT),OMF)
XLDOPTS = -Zlinker /PM:VIO
endif
endif
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),PGCC)
XCFLAGS = $(OS_CFLAGS)
XLDOPTS = -Zlinker /PM:VIO
endif
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
PROGS = $(OBJDIR)/now$(PROG_SUFFIX)
ifeq (,$(CROSS_COMPILE)$(filter-out OS2 WINNT,$(OS_ARCH)))
TARGETS = $(PROGS)
else
PROGS += $(OBJDIR)/nsinstall$(PROG_SUFFIX)
TARGETS = $(PROGS) $(PLSRCS:.pl=)
endif
OUTOPTION = -o # end of the line
ifeq (,$(filter-out WINNT WIN95,$(OS_TARGET)))
ifndef NS_USE_GCC
OUTOPTION = -Fe
endif
endif
# Redefine MAKE_OBJDIR for just this directory
define MAKE_OBJDIR
if test ! -d $(@D); then rm -rf $(@D); mkdir $(@D); else true; fi
endef
export:: $(TARGETS)
rm -f $(dist_bindir)/nspr-config
ifdef WRAP_SYSTEM_INCLUDES
export::
if test ! -d system_wrappers; then mkdir system_wrappers; fi
$(PERL) $(srcdir)/make-system-wrappers.pl system_wrappers < $(srcdir)/system-headers
$(INSTALL) system_wrappers $(dist_includedir)
endif
$(OBJDIR)/%$(PROG_SUFFIX): $(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX)
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(LD) $(EXEFLAGS) $<
else
$(CC) $(XCFLAGS) $< $(LDFLAGS) $(XLDOPTS) $(OUTOPTION)$@
endif
install:: nspr.m4
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal
$(NSINSTALL) -t -m 0644 $< $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/aclocal

View File

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
# -*- Mode: Makefile -*-
INCLUDED_AUTOCONF_MK = 1
USE_AUTOCONF = 1
@SHELL_OVERRIDE@
MOZILLA_CLIENT = @MOZILLA_CLIENT@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
includedir = @includedir@
libdir = @libdir@
datadir = @datadir@
dist_prefix = @dist_prefix@
dist_bindir = @dist_bindir@
dist_includedir = @dist_includedir@
dist_libdir = @dist_libdir@
DIST = $(dist_prefix)
RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME = @RELEASE_OBJDIR_NAME@
OBJDIR_NAME = @OBJDIR_NAME@
OBJDIR = @OBJDIR@
OBJ_SUFFIX = @OBJ_SUFFIX@
LIB_SUFFIX = @LIB_SUFFIX@
DLL_SUFFIX = @DLL_SUFFIX@
ASM_SUFFIX = @ASM_SUFFIX@
MOD_NAME = @NSPR_MODNAME@
MOD_MAJOR_VERSION = @MOD_MAJOR_VERSION@
MOD_MINOR_VERSION = @MOD_MINOR_VERSION@
MOD_PATCH_VERSION = @MOD_PATCH_VERSION@
LIBNSPR = @LIBNSPR@
LIBPLC = @LIBPLC@
CROSS_COMPILE = @CROSS_COMPILE@
BUILD_OPT = @MOZ_OPTIMIZE@
USE_CPLUS = @USE_CPLUS@
USE_IPV6 = @USE_IPV6@
USE_N32 = @USE_N32@
USE_64 = @USE_64@
GC_LEAK_DETECTOR = @GC_LEAK_DETECTOR@
ENABLE_STRIP = @ENABLE_STRIP@
USE_PTHREADS = @USE_PTHREADS@
USE_BTHREADS = @USE_BTHREADS@
PTHREADS_USER = @USE_USER_PTHREADS@
CLASSIC_NSPR = @USE_NSPR_THREADS@
AS = @AS@
ASFLAGS = @ASFLAGS@
CC = @CC@
CCC = @CXX@
NS_USE_GCC = @GNU_CC@
GCC_USE_GNU_LD = @GCC_USE_GNU_LD@
MSC_VER = @MSC_VER@
AR = @AR@
AR_FLAGS = @AR_FLAGS@
LD = @LD@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
PERL = @PERL@
RC = @RC@
RCFLAGS = @RCFLAGS@
STRIP = @STRIP@
NSINSTALL = @NSINSTALL@
FILTER = @FILTER@
IMPLIB = @IMPLIB@
CYGWIN_WRAPPER = @CYGWIN_WRAPPER@
MT = @MT@
OS_CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
OS_CFLAGS = $(OS_CPPFLAGS) @CFLAGS@ $(DSO_CFLAGS)
OS_CXXFLAGS = $(OS_CPPFLAGS) @CXXFLAGS@ $(DSO_CFLAGS)
OS_LIBS = @OS_LIBS@
OS_LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
OS_DLLFLAGS = @OS_DLLFLAGS@
DLLFLAGS = @DLLFLAGS@
EXEFLAGS = @EXEFLAGS@
OPTIMIZER = @OPTIMIZER@
MKSHLIB = @MKSHLIB@
DSO_CFLAGS = @DSO_CFLAGS@
DSO_LDOPTS = @DSO_LDOPTS@
RESOLVE_LINK_SYMBOLS = @RESOLVE_LINK_SYMBOLS@
HOST_CC = @HOST_CC@
HOST_CFLAGS = @HOST_CFLAGS@
HOST_LDFLAGS = @HOST_LDFLAGS@
DEFINES = @DEFINES@ @DEFS@
MDCPUCFG_H = @MDCPUCFG_H@
PR_MD_CSRCS = @PR_MD_CSRCS@
PR_MD_ASFILES = @PR_MD_ASFILES@
PR_MD_ARCH_DIR = @PR_MD_ARCH_DIR@
CPU_ARCH = @CPU_ARCH@
OS_TARGET = @OS_TARGET@
OS_ARCH = @OS_ARCH@
OS_RELEASE = @OS_RELEASE@
OS_TEST = @OS_TEST@
NOSUCHFILE = @NOSUCHFILE@
AIX_LINK_OPTS = @AIX_LINK_OPTS@
MOZ_OBJFORMAT = @MOZ_OBJFORMAT@
ULTRASPARC_LIBRARY = @ULTRASPARC_LIBRARY@
OBJECT_MODE = @OBJECT_MODE@
ifdef OBJECT_MODE
export OBJECT_MODE
endif
VISIBILITY_FLAGS = @VISIBILITY_FLAGS@
WRAP_SYSTEM_INCLUDES = @WRAP_SYSTEM_INCLUDES@
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = @MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET@
ifdef MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET
endif
MACOS_SDK_DIR = @MACOS_SDK_DIR@
NEXT_ROOT = @NEXT_ROOT@
ifdef NEXT_ROOT
export NEXT_ROOT
endif

View File

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
#! gmake
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Configuration information for building in the NSPR source module
# Define an include-at-most-once-flag
NSPR_CONFIG_MK = 1
#
# The variable definitions in this file are inputs to NSPR's
# build system. This file, if present, is included at the
# beginning of config.mk.
#
# For example:
#
# BUILD_OPT=1
# USE_PTHREADS=1
# NS_USE_GCC=
#
ifndef topsrcdir
topsrcdir=$(MOD_DEPTH)
endif
ifndef srcdir
srcdir=.
endif
NFSPWD = $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/nfspwd
CFLAGS = $(VISIBILITY_FLAGS) $(CC_ONLY_FLAGS) $(OPTIMIZER)\
$(OS_CFLAGS) $(XP_DEFINE) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(XCFLAGS)
CCCFLAGS = $(VISIBILITY_FLAGS) $(CCC_ONLY_FLAGS) $(OPTIMIZER)\
$(OS_CFLAGS) $(XP_DEFINE) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(XCFLAGS)
# For purify
NOMD_CFLAGS = $(CC_ONLY_FLAGS) $(OPTIMIZER) $(NOMD_OS_CFLAGS)\
$(XP_DEFINE) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(XCFLAGS)
NOMD_CCFLAGS = $(CCC_ONLY_FLAGS) $(OPTIMIZER) $(NOMD_OS_CFLAGS)\
$(XP_DEFINE) $(DEFINES) $(INCLUDES) $(XCFLAGS)
LDFLAGS = $(OS_LDFLAGS)
define MAKE_OBJDIR
if test ! -d $(@D); then rm -rf $(@D); $(NSINSTALL) -D $(@D); fi
endef
LINK_DLL = $(LD) $(OS_DLLFLAGS) $(DLLFLAGS)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
PWD := $(shell pwd)
endif
ifeq (,$(CROSS_COMPILE)$(filter-out WINNT OS2, $(OS_ARCH)))
INSTALL = $(NSINSTALL)
else
ifeq ($(NSDISTMODE),copy)
# copy files, but preserve source mtime
INSTALL = $(NSINSTALL) -t
else
ifeq ($(NSDISTMODE),absolute_symlink)
# install using absolute symbolic links
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),Darwin)
INSTALL = $(NSINSTALL) -L $(PWD)
else
INSTALL = $(NSINSTALL) -L `$(NFSPWD)`
endif
else
# install using relative symbolic links
INSTALL = $(NSINSTALL) -R
endif
endif
endif # (WINNT || OS2) && !CROSS_COMPILE
DEPENDENCIES = $(OBJDIR)/.md
ifdef BUILD_DEBUG_GC
DEFINES += -DDEBUG_GC
endif
GARBAGE += $(DEPENDENCIES) core $(wildcard core.[0-9]*)
DIST_GARBAGE += Makefile
####################################################################
#
# The NSPR-specific configuration
#
####################################################################
DEFINES += -DFORCE_PR_LOG
ifeq ($(_PR_NO_CLOCK_TIMER),1)
DEFINES += -D_PR_NO_CLOCK_TIMER
endif
ifeq ($(USE_PTHREADS), 1)
DEFINES += -D_PR_PTHREADS -UHAVE_CVAR_BUILT_ON_SEM
endif
ifeq ($(PTHREADS_USER), 1)
DEFINES += -DPTHREADS_USER -UHAVE_CVAR_BUILT_ON_SEM
endif
ifeq ($(USE_IPV6),1)
DEFINES += -D_PR_INET6
endif
ifeq ($(MOZ_UNICODE),1)
DEFINES += -DMOZ_UNICODE
endif
####################################################################
#
# Configuration for the release process
#
####################################################################
MDIST = /m/dist
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
MDIST = //helium/dist
MDIST_DOS = $(subst /,\\,$(MDIST))
endif
# RELEASE_DIR is ns/dist/<module name>
RELEASE_DIR = $(MOD_DEPTH)/dist/release/$(MOD_NAME)
RELEASE_INCLUDE_DIR = $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(OBJDIR_NAME)/include
RELEASE_BIN_DIR = $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(OBJDIR_NAME)/bin
RELEASE_LIB_DIR = $(RELEASE_DIR)/$(BUILD_NUMBER)/$(OBJDIR_NAME)/lib

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
/* Begin all files as hidden visibility */
#pragma GCC visibility push(hidden)

View File

@@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/* libc_r.h -- macros, defines, etc. to make using reentrant libc calls */
/* a bit easier. This was initially done for AIX pthreads, */
/* but should be usable for anyone... */
/* Most of these use locally defined space instead of static library space. */
/* Because of this, we use the _INIT_R to declare/allocate space (stack), */
/* and the plain routines to actually do it..._WARNING_: avoid allocating */
/* memory wherever possible. Memory allocation is fairly expensive, at */
/* least on AIX...use arrays instead (which allocate from the stack.) */
/* I know the names are a bit strange, but I wanted to be fairly certain */
/* that we didn't have any namespace corruption...in general, the inits are */
/* R_<name>_INIT_R(), and the actual calls are R_<name>_R(). */
#ifndef _LIBC_R_H
#define _LIBC_R_H
/************/
/* strtok */
/************/
#define R_STRTOK_INIT_R() \
char *r_strtok_r=NULL
#define R_STRTOK_R(return,source,delim) \
return=strtok_r(source,delim,&r_strtok_r)
#define R_STRTOK_NORET_R(source,delim) \
strtok_r(source,delim,&r_strtok_r)
/**************/
/* strerror */
/**************/
#define R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R 8192 /* Straight from limits.h */
#define R_STRERROR_INIT_R() \
char r_strerror_r[R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R]
#define R_STRERROR_R(val) \
strerror_r(val,r_strerror_r,R_MAX_STRERROR_LEN_R)
/*****************/
/* time things */
/*****************/
#define R_ASCTIME_INIT_R() \
char r_asctime_r[26]
#define R_ASCTIME_R(val) \
asctime_r(val,r_asctime_r)
#define R_CTIME_INIT_R() \
char r_ctime_r[26]
#define R_CTIME_R(val) \
ctime_r(val,r_ctime_r)
#define R_GMTIME_INIT_R() \
struct tm r_gmtime_r
#define R_GMTIME_R(time) \
gmtime_r(time,&r_gmtime_r)
#define R_LOCALTIME_INIT_R() \
struct tm r_localtime_r
#define R_LOCALTIME_R(val) \
localtime_r(val,&r_localtime_r)
/***********/
/* crypt */
/***********/
#include <crypt.h>
#define R_CRYPT_INIT_R() \
CRYPTD r_cryptd_r; \
bzero(&r_cryptd_r,sizeof(CRYPTD))
#define R_CRYPT_R(pass,salt) \
crypt_r(pass,salt,&r_cryptd_r)
/**************/
/* pw stuff */
/**************/
#define R_MAX_PW_LEN_R 1024
/* The following must be after the last declaration, but */
/* before the first bit of code... */
#define R_GETPWNAM_INIT_R(pw_ptr) \
struct passwd r_getpwnam_pw_r; \
char r_getpwnam_line_r[R_MAX_PW_LEN_R]; \
pw_ptr = &r_getpwnam_pw_r
#define R_GETPWNAM_R(name) \
getpwnam_r(name,&r_getpwnam_pw_r,r_getpwnam_line_r,R_MAX_PW_LEN_R)
/*******************/
/* gethost stuff */
/*******************/
#define R_GETHOSTBYADDR_INIT_R() \
struct hostent r_gethostbyaddr_r; \
struct hostent_data r_gethostbyaddr_data_r
#define R_GETHOSTBYADDR_R(addr,len,type,xptr_ent) \
bzero(&r_gethostbyaddr_r,sizeof(struct hostent)); \
bzero(&r_gethostbyaddr_data_r,sizeof(struct hostent_data)); \
xptr_ent = &r_gethostbyaddr_r; \
if (gethostbyaddr_r(addr,len,type, \
&r_gethostbyaddr_r,&r_gethostbyaddr_data_r) == -1) { \
xptr_ent = NULL; \
}
#define R_GETHOSTBYNAME_INIT_R() \
struct hostent r_gethostbyname_r; \
struct hostent_data r_gethostbyname_data_r
#define R_GETHOSTBYNAME_R(name,xptr_ent) \
bzero(&r_gethostbyname_r,sizeof(struct hostent)); \
bzero(&r_gethostbyname_data_r,sizeof(struct hostent_data)); \
xptr_ent = &r_gethostbyname_r; \
if (gethostbyname_r(name, \
&r_gethostbyname_r,&r_gethostbyname_data_r) == -1) { \
xptr_ent = NULL; \
}
#endif /* _LIBC_R_H */

View File

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# IBM Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2004
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
# Brian Ryner <bryner@brianryner.com>
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
# or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
$output_dir = shift;
while (<STDIN>) {
chomp;
if (-e "$output_dir/$_") {
next;
}
if (/(.*)\/[^\/*]/) {
mkdir "$output_dir/$1";
}
open OUT, ">$output_dir/$_";
print OUT "#pragma GCC system_header\n"; # suppress include_next warning
print OUT "#pragma GCC visibility push(default)\n";
print OUT "#include_next \<$_\>\n";
print OUT "#pragma GCC visibility pop\n";
close OUT;
}

View File

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
#! perl
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
require "fastcwd.pl";
$_ = &fastcwd;
if (m@^/[uh]/@o || s@^/tmp_mnt/@/@o) {
print("$_\n");
} elsif ((($user, $rest) = m@^/usr/people/(\w+)/(.*)@o)
&& readlink("/u/$user") eq "/usr/people/$user") {
print("/u/$user/$rest\n");
} else {
chop($host = `hostname`);
print("/h/$host$_\n");
}

View File

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if defined(VMS)
#include <sys/timeb.h>
#elif defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2_EMX) || defined(XP_BEOS)
#include <sys/time.h>
#elif defined(WIN32)
#include <windows.h>
#elif defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
#include <sys/timeb.h>
#else
#error "Architecture not supported"
#endif
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
#if defined(OMIT_LIB_BUILD_TIME)
/*
* Some platforms don't have any 64-bit integer type
* such as 'long long'. Because we can't use NSPR's
* PR_snprintf in this program, it is difficult to
* print a static initializer for PRInt64 (a struct).
* So we print nothing. The makefiles that build the
* shared libraries will detect the empty output string
* of this program and omit the library build time
* in PRVersionDescription.
*/
#elif defined(VMS)
long long now;
struct timeb b;
ftime(&b);
now = b.time;
now *= 1000000;
now += (1000 * b.millitm);
fprintf(stdout, "%Ld", now);
#elif defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_OS2_EMX) || defined(XP_BEOS)
long long now;
struct timeval tv;
#ifdef HAVE_SVID_GETTOD
gettimeofday(&tv);
#else
gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
#endif
now = ((1000000LL) * tv.tv_sec) + (long long)tv.tv_usec;
#if defined(OSF1)
fprintf(stdout, "%ld", now);
#elif defined(BEOS) && defined(__POWERPC__)
fprintf(stdout, "%Ld", now); /* Metroworks on BeOS PPC */
#else
fprintf(stdout, "%lld", now);
#endif
#elif defined(WIN32)
__int64 now;
FILETIME ft;
GetSystemTimeAsFileTime(&ft);
CopyMemory(&now, &ft, sizeof(now));
/*
* 116444736000000000 is the number of 100-nanosecond intervals
* between Jan. 1, 1601 and Jan. 1, 1970.
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
now = (now - 116444736000000000LL) / 10LL;
fprintf(stdout, "%lld", now);
#else
now = (now - 116444736000000000i64) / 10i64;
fprintf(stdout, "%I64d", now);
#endif
#elif defined(XP_OS2_VACPP)
/* no long long or i64 so we use a string */
#include <string.h>
char buf[24];
char tbuf[7];
time_t now;
long mtime;
int i;
struct timeb b;
ftime(&b);
now = b.time;
_ltoa(now, buf, 10);
mtime = b.millitm * 1000;
if (mtime == 0){
++now;
strcat(buf, "000000");
} else {
_ltoa(mtime, tbuf, 10);
for (i = strlen(tbuf); i < 6; ++i)
strcat(buf, "0");
strcat(buf, tbuf);
}
fprintf(stdout, "%s", buf);
#else
#error "Architecture not supported"
#endif
return 0;
} /* main */
/* now.c */

View File

@@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/*
** Netscape portable install command.
**
** Brendan Eich, 7/20/95
*/
#include <stdio.h> /* OSF/1 requires this before grp.h, so put it first */
#include <assert.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <grp.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <utime.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#ifdef USE_REENTRANT_LIBC
#include "libc_r.h"
#endif /* USE_REENTRANT_LIBC */
#include "pathsub.h"
#define HAVE_FCHMOD
#if defined(BEOS)
#undef HAVE_FCHMOD
#endif
/*
* Does getcwd() take NULL as the first argument and malloc
* the result buffer?
*/
#if !defined(DARWIN) && !defined(NEXTSTEP) && !defined(VMS)
#define GETCWD_CAN_MALLOC
#endif
#ifdef NEXTSTEP
#include <bsd/libc.h>
/*
** balazs.pataki@sztaki.hu: The getcwd is broken in NEXTSTEP (returns 0),
** when called on a mounted fs. Did anyone notice this? Here's an ugly
** workaround ...
*/
#define getcwd(b,s) my_getcwd(b,s)
static char *
my_getcwd (char *buf, size_t size)
{
FILE *pwd = popen("pwd", "r");
char *result = fgets(buf, size, pwd);
if (result) {
buf[strlen(buf)-1] = '\0';
}
pclose (pwd);
return buf;
}
#endif /* NEXTSTEP */
#if defined(LINUX) || defined(__GNU__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
#include <getopt.h>
#endif
#if defined(SCO) || defined(UNIXWARE) || defined(SNI) || defined(NCR) || defined(NEC) || defined(NEXTSTEP)
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISLNK(a) (((a) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
#endif
#endif
#if defined(SNI)
extern int fchmod(int fildes, mode_t mode);
#endif
#ifdef QNX
#define d_ino d_stat.st_ino
#endif
static void
usage(void)
{
fprintf(stderr,
"usage: %s [-C cwd] [-L linkprefix] [-m mode] [-o owner] [-g group]\n"
" %*s [-DdltR] file [file ...] directory\n",
program, (int)strlen(program), "");
exit(2);
}
static int
mkdirs(char *path, mode_t mode)
{
char *cp;
struct stat sb;
int res;
while (*path == '/' && path[1] == '/')
path++;
for (cp = strrchr(path, '/'); cp && cp != path && cp[-1] == '/'; cp--)
;
if (cp && cp != path) {
*cp = '\0';
if ((stat(path, &sb) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) &&
mkdirs(path, mode) < 0) {
return -1;
}
*cp = '/';
}
res = mkdir(path, mode);
if ((res != 0) && (errno == EEXIST))
return 0;
else
return res;
}
static uid_t
touid(char *owner)
{
struct passwd *pw;
uid_t uid;
char *cp;
pw = getpwnam(owner);
if (pw)
return pw->pw_uid;
uid = strtol(owner, &cp, 0);
if (uid == 0 && cp == owner)
fail("cannot find uid for %s", owner);
return uid;
}
static gid_t
togid(char *group)
{
struct group *gr;
gid_t gid;
char *cp;
gr = getgrnam(group);
if (gr)
return gr->gr_gid;
gid = strtol(group, &cp, 0);
if (gid == 0 && cp == group)
fail("cannot find gid for %s", group);
return gid;
}
int
main(int argc, char **argv)
{
int onlydir, dodir, dolink, dorelsymlink, dotimes, opt, len, lplen, tdlen, bnlen, exists, fromfd, tofd, cc, wc;
mode_t mode = 0755;
char *linkprefix, *owner, *group, *cp, *cwd, *todir, *toname, *name, *base, *linkname, *bp, buf[BUFSIZ];
uid_t uid;
gid_t gid;
struct stat sb, tosb;
struct utimbuf utb;
program = argv[0];
cwd = linkname = linkprefix = owner = group = 0;
onlydir = dodir = dolink = dorelsymlink = dotimes = lplen = 0;
while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "C:DdlL:Rm:o:g:t")) != EOF) {
switch (opt) {
case 'C':
cwd = optarg;
break;
case 'D':
onlydir = 1;
break;
case 'd':
dodir = 1;
break;
case 'l':
dolink = 1;
break;
case 'L':
linkprefix = optarg;
lplen = strlen(linkprefix);
dolink = 1;
break;
case 'R':
dolink = dorelsymlink = 1;
break;
case 'm':
mode = strtoul(optarg, &cp, 8);
if (mode == 0 && cp == optarg)
usage();
break;
case 'o':
owner = optarg;
break;
case 'g':
group = optarg;
break;
case 't':
dotimes = 1;
break;
default:
usage();
}
}
argc -= optind;
argv += optind;
if (argc < 2 - onlydir)
usage();
todir = argv[argc-1];
if ((stat(todir, &sb) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) &&
mkdirs(todir, 0777) < 0) {
fail("cannot make directory %s", todir);
}
if (onlydir)
return 0;
if (!cwd) {
#ifdef GETCWD_CAN_MALLOC
cwd = getcwd(0, PATH_MAX);
#else
cwd = malloc(PATH_MAX + 1);
cwd = getcwd(cwd, PATH_MAX);
#endif
}
xchdir(todir);
#ifdef GETCWD_CAN_MALLOC
todir = getcwd(0, PATH_MAX);
#else
todir = malloc(PATH_MAX + 1);
todir = getcwd(todir, PATH_MAX);
#endif
tdlen = strlen(todir);
xchdir(cwd);
tdlen = strlen(todir);
uid = owner ? touid(owner) : -1;
gid = group ? togid(group) : -1;
while (--argc > 0) {
name = *argv++;
len = strlen(name);
base = xbasename(name);
bnlen = strlen(base);
toname = (char*)xmalloc(tdlen + 1 + bnlen + 1);
sprintf(toname, "%s/%s", todir, base);
exists = (lstat(toname, &tosb) == 0);
if (dodir) {
/* -d means create a directory, always */
if (exists && !S_ISDIR(tosb.st_mode)) {
(void) unlink(toname);
exists = 0;
}
if (!exists && mkdir(toname, mode) < 0)
fail("cannot make directory %s", toname);
if ((owner || group) && chown(toname, uid, gid) < 0)
fail("cannot change owner of %s", toname);
} else if (dolink) {
if (*name == '/') {
/* source is absolute pathname, link to it directly */
linkname = 0;
} else {
if (linkprefix) {
/* -L implies -l and prefixes names with a $cwd arg. */
len += lplen + 1;
linkname = (char*)xmalloc(len + 1);
sprintf(linkname, "%s/%s", linkprefix, name);
} else if (dorelsymlink) {
/* Symlink the relative path from todir to source name. */
linkname = (char*)xmalloc(PATH_MAX);
if (*todir == '/') {
/* todir is absolute: skip over common prefix. */
lplen = relatepaths(todir, cwd, linkname);
strcpy(linkname + lplen, name);
} else {
/* todir is named by a relative path: reverse it. */
reversepath(todir, name, len, linkname);
xchdir(cwd);
}
len = strlen(linkname);
}
name = linkname;
}
/* Check for a pre-existing symlink with identical content. */
if (exists &&
(!S_ISLNK(tosb.st_mode) ||
readlink(toname, buf, sizeof buf) != len ||
strncmp(buf, name, len) != 0)) {
(void) (S_ISDIR(tosb.st_mode) ? rmdir : unlink)(toname);
exists = 0;
}
if (!exists && symlink(name, toname) < 0)
fail("cannot make symbolic link %s", toname);
#ifdef HAVE_LCHOWN
if ((owner || group) && lchown(toname, uid, gid) < 0)
fail("cannot change owner of %s", toname);
#endif
if (linkname) {
free(linkname);
linkname = 0;
}
} else {
/* Copy from name to toname, which might be the same file. */
fromfd = open(name, O_RDONLY);
if (fromfd < 0 || fstat(fromfd, &sb) < 0)
fail("cannot access %s", name);
if (exists && (!S_ISREG(tosb.st_mode) || access(toname, W_OK) < 0))
(void) (S_ISDIR(tosb.st_mode) ? rmdir : unlink)(toname);
tofd = open(toname, O_CREAT | O_WRONLY, 0666);
if (tofd < 0)
fail("cannot create %s", toname);
bp = buf;
while ((cc = read(fromfd, bp, sizeof buf)) > 0) {
while ((wc = write(tofd, bp, cc)) > 0) {
if ((cc -= wc) == 0)
break;
bp += wc;
}
if (wc < 0)
fail("cannot write to %s", toname);
}
if (cc < 0)
fail("cannot read from %s", name);
if (ftruncate(tofd, sb.st_size) < 0)
fail("cannot truncate %s", toname);
/*
** On OpenVMS we can't chmod() until the file is closed, and we
** have to utime() last since fchown/chmod alter the timestamps.
*/
#ifndef VMS
if (dotimes) {
utb.actime = sb.st_atime;
utb.modtime = sb.st_mtime;
if (utime(toname, &utb) < 0)
fail("cannot set times of %s", toname);
}
#ifdef HAVE_FCHMOD
if (fchmod(tofd, mode) < 0)
#else
if (chmod(toname, mode) < 0)
#endif
fail("cannot change mode of %s", toname);
#endif
if ((owner || group) && fchown(tofd, uid, gid) < 0)
fail("cannot change owner of %s", toname);
/* Must check for delayed (NFS) write errors on close. */
if (close(tofd) < 0)
fail("cannot write to %s", toname);
close(fromfd);
#ifdef VMS
if (chmod(toname, mode) < 0)
fail("cannot change mode of %s", toname);
if (dotimes) {
utb.actime = sb.st_atime;
utb.modtime = sb.st_mtime;
if (utime(toname, &utb) < 0)
fail("cannot set times of %s", toname);
}
#endif
}
free(toname);
}
free(cwd);
free(todir);
return 0;
}
/*
** Pathname subroutines.
**
** Brendan Eich, 8/29/95
*/
char *program;
void
fail(char *format, ...)
{
int error;
va_list ap;
#ifdef USE_REENTRANT_LIBC
R_STRERROR_INIT_R();
#endif
error = errno;
fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", program);
va_start(ap, format);
vfprintf(stderr, format, ap);
va_end(ap);
if (error)
#ifdef USE_REENTRANT_LIBC
R_STRERROR_R(errno);
fprintf(stderr, ": %s", r_strerror_r);
#else
fprintf(stderr, ": %s", strerror(errno));
#endif
putc('\n', stderr);
exit(1);
}
char *
getcomponent(char *path, char *name)
{
if (*path == '\0')
return 0;
if (*path == '/') {
*name++ = '/';
} else {
do {
*name++ = *path++;
} while (*path != '/' && *path != '\0');
}
*name = '\0';
while (*path == '/')
path++;
return path;
}
#ifdef UNIXWARE_READDIR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL
/* Sigh. The static buffer in Unixware's readdir is too small. */
struct dirent * readdir(DIR *d)
{
static struct dirent *buf = NULL;
#define MAX_PATH_LEN 1024
if(buf == NULL)
buf = (struct dirent *) malloc(sizeof(struct dirent) + MAX_PATH_LEN)
;
return(readdir_r(d, buf));
}
#endif
char *
ino2name(ino_t ino, char *dir)
{
DIR *dp;
struct dirent *ep;
char *name;
dp = opendir("..");
if (!dp)
fail("cannot read parent directory");
for (;;) {
if (!(ep = readdir(dp)))
fail("cannot find current directory");
if (ep->d_ino == ino)
break;
}
name = xstrdup(ep->d_name);
closedir(dp);
return name;
}
void *
xmalloc(size_t size)
{
void *p = malloc(size);
if (!p)
fail("cannot allocate %u bytes", size);
return p;
}
char *
xstrdup(char *s)
{
return strcpy((char*)xmalloc(strlen(s) + 1), s);
}
char *
xbasename(char *path)
{
char *cp;
while ((cp = strrchr(path, '/')) && cp[1] == '\0')
*cp = '\0';
if (!cp) return path;
return cp + 1;
}
void
xchdir(char *dir)
{
if (chdir(dir) < 0)
fail("cannot change directory to %s", dir);
}
int
relatepaths(char *from, char *to, char *outpath)
{
char *cp, *cp2;
int len;
char buf[NAME_MAX];
assert(*from == '/' && *to == '/');
for (cp = to, cp2 = from; *cp == *cp2; cp++, cp2++)
if (*cp == '\0')
break;
while (cp[-1] != '/')
cp--, cp2--;
if (cp - 1 == to) {
/* closest common ancestor is /, so use full pathname */
len = strlen(strcpy(outpath, to));
if (outpath[len] != '/') {
outpath[len++] = '/';
outpath[len] = '\0';
}
} else {
len = 0;
while ((cp2 = getcomponent(cp2, buf)) != 0) {
strcpy(outpath + len, "../");
len += 3;
}
while ((cp = getcomponent(cp, buf)) != 0) {
sprintf(outpath + len, "%s/", buf);
len += strlen(outpath + len);
}
}
return len;
}
void
reversepath(char *inpath, char *name, int len, char *outpath)
{
char *cp, *cp2;
char buf[NAME_MAX];
struct stat sb;
cp = strcpy(outpath + PATH_MAX - (len + 1), name);
cp2 = inpath;
while ((cp2 = getcomponent(cp2, buf)) != 0) {
if (strcmp(buf, ".") == 0)
continue;
if (strcmp(buf, "..") == 0) {
if (stat(".", &sb) < 0)
fail("cannot stat current directory");
name = ino2name(sb.st_ino, "..");
len = strlen(name);
cp -= len + 1;
strcpy(cp, name);
cp[len] = '/';
free(name);
xchdir("..");
} else {
cp -= 3;
strncpy(cp, "../", 3);
xchdir(buf);
}
}
strcpy(outpath, cp);
}

View File

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
prefix=@prefix@
major_version=@MOD_MAJOR_VERSION@
minor_version=@MOD_MINOR_VERSION@
patch_version=@MOD_PATCH_VERSION@
usage()
{
cat <<EOF
Usage: nspr-config [OPTIONS] [LIBRARIES]
Options:
[--prefix[=DIR]]
[--exec-prefix[=DIR]]
[--includedir[=DIR]]
[--libdir[=DIR]]
[--version]
[--libs]
[--cflags]
Libraries:
nspr
plc
plds
EOF
exit $1
}
if test $# -eq 0; then
usage 1 1>&2
fi
lib_nspr=yes
lib_plc=yes
lib_plds=yes
while test $# -gt 0; do
case "$1" in
-*=*) optarg=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
*) optarg= ;;
esac
case $1 in
--prefix=*)
prefix=$optarg
;;
--prefix)
echo_prefix=yes
;;
--exec-prefix=*)
exec_prefix=$optarg
;;
--exec-prefix)
echo_exec_prefix=yes
;;
--includedir=*)
includedir=$optarg
;;
--includedir)
echo_includedir=yes
;;
--libdir=*)
libdir=$optarg
;;
--libdir)
echo_libdir=yes
;;
--version)
echo ${major_version}.${minor_version}.${patch_version}
;;
--cflags)
echo_cflags=yes
;;
--libs)
echo_libs=yes
;;
nspr)
lib_nspr=yes
;;
plc)
lib_plc=yes
;;
plds)
lib_plds=yes
;;
*)
usage 1 1>&2
;;
esac
shift
done
# Set variables that may be dependent upon other variables
if test -z "$exec_prefix"; then
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
fi
if test -z "$includedir"; then
includedir=@includedir@
fi
if test -z "$libdir"; then
libdir=@libdir@
fi
if test "$echo_prefix" = "yes"; then
echo $prefix
fi
if test "$echo_exec_prefix" = "yes"; then
echo $exec_prefix
fi
if test "$echo_includedir" = "yes"; then
echo $includedir
fi
if test "$echo_libdir" = "yes"; then
echo $libdir
fi
if test "$echo_cflags" = "yes"; then
echo -I$includedir
fi
if test "$echo_libs" = "yes"; then
libdirs=-L$libdir
if test -n "$lib_plds"; then
libdirs="$libdirs -lplds${major_version}"
fi
if test -n "$lib_plc"; then
libdirs="$libdirs -lplc${major_version}"
fi
if test -n "$lib_nspr"; then
libdirs="$libdirs -lnspr${major_version}"
fi
os_ldflags="@LDFLAGS@"
for i in $os_ldflags ; do
if echo $i | grep \^-L >/dev/null; then
libdirs="$libdirs $i"
fi
done
echo $libdirs @OS_LIBS@
fi

View File

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
# -*- tab-width: 4; -*-
# Configure paths for NSPR
# Public domain - Chris Seawood <cls@seawood.org> 2001-04-05
# Based upon gtk.m4 (also PD) by Owen Taylor
dnl AM_PATH_NSPR([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
dnl Test for NSPR, and define NSPR_CFLAGS and NSPR_LIBS
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_NSPR],
[dnl
AC_ARG_WITH(nspr-prefix,
[ --with-nspr-prefix=PFX Prefix where NSPR is installed],
nspr_config_prefix="$withval",
nspr_config_prefix="")
AC_ARG_WITH(nspr-exec-prefix,
[ --with-nspr-exec-prefix=PFX
Exec prefix where NSPR is installed],
nspr_config_exec_prefix="$withval",
nspr_config_exec_prefix="")
if test -n "$nspr_config_exec_prefix"; then
nspr_config_args="$nspr_config_args --exec-prefix=$nspr_config_exec_prefix"
if test -z "$NSPR_CONFIG"; then
NSPR_CONFIG=$nspr_config_exec_prefix/bin/nspr-config
fi
fi
if test -n "$nspr_config_prefix"; then
nspr_config_args="$nspr_config_args --prefix=$nspr_config_prefix"
if test -z "$NSPR_CONFIG"; then
NSPR_CONFIG=$nspr_config_prefix/bin/nspr-config
fi
fi
unset ac_cv_path_NSPR_CONFIG
AC_PATH_PROG(NSPR_CONFIG, nspr-config, no)
min_nspr_version=ifelse([$1], ,4.0.0,$1)
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for NSPR - version >= $min_nspr_version (skipping))
no_nspr=""
if test "$NSPR_CONFIG" = "no"; then
no_nspr="yes"
else
NSPR_CFLAGS=`$NSPR_CONFIG $nspr_config_args --cflags`
NSPR_LIBS=`$NSPR_CONFIG $nspr_config_args --libs`
dnl Skip version check for now
nspr_config_major_version=`$NSPR_CONFIG $nspr_config_args --version | \
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
nspr_config_minor_version=`$NSPR_CONFIG $nspr_config_args --version | \
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
nspr_config_micro_version=`$NSPR_CONFIG $nspr_config_args --version | \
sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
fi
if test -z "$no_nspr"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST(NSPR_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(NSPR_LIBS)
])

View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
# Include in Makefiles to define NSPR variables
NSPR_VERSION = @NSPR_VERSION@
NSPR_LIB = -lnspr@NSPR_VERSION@
NSPR_EXTRA_LIBS = @EXTRA_LIBS@

View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
# Include in shell scripts to define NSPR variables
NSPR_VERSION=@NSPR_VERSION@
NSPR_LIB=-lnspr$NSPR_VERSION
NSPR_EXTRA_LIBS="@EXTRA_LIBS@"

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
#ifndef pathsub_h___
#define pathsub_h___
/*
** Pathname subroutines.
**
** Brendan Eich, 8/29/95
*/
#include <limits.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#if SUNOS4
#include "../pr/include/md/sunos4.h"
#endif
#ifndef PATH_MAX
#define PATH_MAX 1024
#endif
/*
* Just prevent stupidity
*/
#undef NAME_MAX
#define NAME_MAX 256
extern char *program;
extern void fail(char *format, ...);
extern char *getcomponent(char *path, char *name);
extern char *ino2name(ino_t ino, char *dir);
extern void *xmalloc(size_t size);
extern char *xstrdup(char *s);
extern char *xbasename(char *path);
extern void xchdir(char *dir);
/* Relate absolute pathnames from and to returning the result in outpath. */
extern int relatepaths(char *from, char *to, char *outpath);
/* XXX changes current working directory -- caveat emptor */
extern void reversepath(char *inpath, char *name, int len, char *outpath);
#endif /* pathsub_h___ */

View File

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
* Netscape Communications Corporation.
* Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2000
* the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
/*
* A dummy header file that is a dependency for all the object files.
* Used to force a full recompilation of NSPR in Mozilla's Tinderbox
* depend builds. See comments in rules.mk.
*/
#error "Do not include this header file."

View File

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
REM
REM ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
REM Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
REM
REM The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
REM 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
REM the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
REM http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
REM
REM Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
REM WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
REM for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
REM License.
REM
REM The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
REM
REM The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
REM Netscape Communications Corporation.
REM Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
REM the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
REM
REM Contributor(s):
REM
REM Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
REM either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
REM the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
REM in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
REM of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
REM under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
REM use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
REM decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
REM and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
REM the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
REM the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
REM
REM ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
mkdir %1

View File

@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
#! gmake
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
################################################################################
# We used to have a 4 pass build process. Now we do everything in one pass.
#
# export - Create generated headers and stubs. Publish public headers to
# dist/<arch>/include.
# Create libraries. Publish libraries to dist/<arch>/lib.
# Create programs.
#
# libs - obsolete. Now a synonym of "export".
#
# all - the default makefile target. Now a synonym of "export".
#
# install - Install headers, libraries, and programs on the system.
#
# Parameters to this makefile (set these before including):
#
# a)
# TARGETS -- the target to create
# (defaults to $LIBRARY $PROGRAM)
# b)
# DIRS -- subdirectories for make to recurse on
# (the 'all' rule builds $TARGETS $DIRS)
# c)
# CSRCS -- .c files to compile
# (used to define $OBJS)
# d)
# PROGRAM -- the target program name to create from $OBJS
# ($OBJDIR automatically prepended to it)
# e)
# LIBRARY -- the target library name to create from $OBJS
# ($OBJDIR automatically prepended to it)
#
################################################################################
ifndef topsrcdir
topsrcdir=$(MOD_DEPTH)
endif
ifndef srcdir
srcdir=.
endif
ifndef NSPR_CONFIG_MK
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
endif
ifdef USE_AUTOCONF
ifdef CROSS_COMPILE
ifdef INTERNAL_TOOLS
CC=$(HOST_CC)
CCC=$(HOST_CXX)
CFLAGS=$(HOST_CFLAGS)
CXXFLAGS=$(HOST_CXXFLAGS)
LDFLAGS=$(HOST_LDFLAGS)
endif
endif
endif
#
# This makefile contains rules for building the following kinds of
# libraries:
# - LIBRARY: a static (archival) library
# - SHARED_LIBRARY: a shared (dynamic link) library
# - IMPORT_LIBRARY: an import library, used only on Windows and OS/2
#
# The names of these libraries can be generated by simply specifying
# LIBRARY_NAME and LIBRARY_VERSION.
#
ifdef LIBRARY_NAME
ifeq (,$(filter-out WINNT OS2,$(OS_ARCH)))
#
# Win95, Win16, and OS/2 require library names conforming to the 8.3 rule.
# other platforms do not.
#
ifeq (,$(filter-out WIN95 OS2,$(OS_TARGET)))
LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX)
SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
IMPORT_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(LIB_SUFFIX)
SHARED_LIB_PDB = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).pdb
else
LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)_s.$(LIB_SUFFIX)
SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
IMPORT_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(LIB_SUFFIX)
SHARED_LIB_PDB = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).pdb
endif
else
LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(LIB_SUFFIX)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH)$(OS_RELEASE), AIX4.1)
SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)_shr.a
else
ifdef MKSHLIB
SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
endif
endif
endif
endif
ifndef TARGETS
ifeq (,$(filter-out WINNT OS2,$(OS_ARCH)))
TARGETS = $(LIBRARY) $(SHARED_LIBRARY) $(IMPORT_LIBRARY)
ifndef BUILD_OPT
ifdef MSC_VER
ifneq (,$(filter-out 1100 1200,$(MSC_VER)))
TARGETS += $(SHARED_LIB_PDB)
endif
endif
endif
else
TARGETS = $(LIBRARY) $(SHARED_LIBRARY)
endif
endif
#
# OBJS is the list of object files. It can be constructed by
# specifying CSRCS (list of C source files) and ASFILES (list
# of assembly language source files).
#
ifndef OBJS
OBJS = $(addprefix $(OBJDIR)/,$(CSRCS:.c=.$(OBJ_SUFFIX))) \
$(addprefix $(OBJDIR)/,$(ASFILES:.$(ASM_SUFFIX)=.$(OBJ_SUFFIX)))
endif
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
EXTRA_LIBS := $(patsubst -l%,$(DIST)/lib/%.$(LIB_SUFFIX),$(EXTRA_LIBS))
endif
ALL_TRASH = $(TARGETS) $(OBJS) $(RES) $(filter-out . .., $(OBJDIR)) LOGS TAGS $(GARBAGE) \
$(NOSUCHFILE) \
so_locations
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),OpenVMS)
ALL_TRASH += $(wildcard *.c*_defines)
ifdef SHARED_LIBRARY
VMS_SYMVEC_FILE = $(SHARED_LIBRARY:.$(DLL_SUFFIX)=_symvec.opt)
VMS_SYMVEC_FILE_MODULE = $(srcdir)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)_symvec.opt
ALL_TRASH += $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE)
endif
endif
ifndef RELEASE_LIBS_DEST
RELEASE_LIBS_DEST = $(RELEASE_LIB_DIR)
endif
ifdef DIRS
LOOP_OVER_DIRS = \
@for d in $(DIRS); do \
if test -d $$d; then \
set -e; \
echo "cd $$d; $(MAKE) $@"; \
$(MAKE) -C $$d $@; \
set +e; \
else \
echo "Skipping non-directory $$d..."; \
fi; \
done
endif
################################################################################
all:: export
export::
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
libs:: export
clean::
rm -rf $(OBJS) $(RES) so_locations $(NOSUCHFILE) $(GARBAGE)
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
clobber::
rm -rf $(OBJS) $(RES) $(TARGETS) $(filter-out . ..,$(OBJDIR)) $(GARBAGE) so_locations $(NOSUCHFILE)
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
realclean clobber_all::
rm -rf $(wildcard *.OBJ *.OBJD) dist $(ALL_TRASH)
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
distclean::
rm -rf $(wildcard *.OBJ *.OBJD) dist $(ALL_TRASH) $(DIST_GARBAGE)
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
install:: $(RELEASE_BINS) $(RELEASE_HEADERS) $(RELEASE_LIBS)
ifdef RELEASE_BINS
$(NSINSTALL) -t -m 0755 $(RELEASE_BINS) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
endif
ifdef RELEASE_HEADERS
$(NSINSTALL) -t -m 0644 $(RELEASE_HEADERS) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$(include_subdir)
endif
ifdef RELEASE_LIBS
$(NSINSTALL) -t -m 0755 $(RELEASE_LIBS) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(lib_subdir)
endif
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
release:: export
ifdef RELEASE_BINS
@echo "Copying executable programs and scripts to release directory"
@if test -z "$(BUILD_NUMBER)"; then \
echo "BUILD_NUMBER must be defined"; \
false; \
else \
true; \
fi
@if test ! -d $(RELEASE_BIN_DIR); then \
rm -rf $(RELEASE_BIN_DIR); \
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(RELEASE_BIN_DIR);\
else \
true; \
fi
cp $(RELEASE_BINS) $(RELEASE_BIN_DIR)
endif
ifdef RELEASE_LIBS
@echo "Copying libraries to release directory"
@if test -z "$(BUILD_NUMBER)"; then \
echo "BUILD_NUMBER must be defined"; \
false; \
else \
true; \
fi
@if test ! -d $(RELEASE_LIBS_DEST); then \
rm -rf $(RELEASE_LIBS_DEST); \
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(RELEASE_LIBS_DEST);\
else \
true; \
fi
cp $(RELEASE_LIBS) $(RELEASE_LIBS_DEST)
endif
ifdef RELEASE_HEADERS
@echo "Copying header files to release directory"
@if test -z "$(BUILD_NUMBER)"; then \
echo "BUILD_NUMBER must be defined"; \
false; \
else \
true; \
fi
@if test ! -d $(RELEASE_HEADERS_DEST); then \
rm -rf $(RELEASE_HEADERS_DEST); \
$(NSINSTALL) -D $(RELEASE_HEADERS_DEST);\
else \
true; \
fi
cp $(RELEASE_HEADERS) $(RELEASE_HEADERS_DEST)
endif
+$(LOOP_OVER_DIRS)
alltags:
rm -f TAGS tags
find . -name dist -prune -o \( -name '*.[hc]' -o -name '*.cp' -o -name '*.cpp' \) -print | xargs etags -a
find . -name dist -prune -o \( -name '*.[hc]' -o -name '*.cp' -o -name '*.cpp' \) -print | xargs ctags -a
$(NFSPWD):
cd $(@D); $(MAKE) $(@F)
$(PROGRAM): $(OBJS)
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
$(CC) $(OBJS) -Fe$@ -link $(LDFLAGS) $(OS_LIBS) $(EXTRA_LIBS)
ifdef MT
@if test -f $@.manifest; then \
$(MT) -NOLOGO -MANIFEST $@.manifest -OUTPUTRESOURCE:$@\;1; \
rm -f $@.manifest; \
fi
endif # MSVC with manifest tool
else # WINNT && !GCC
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(CC) $(OBJS) -Fe$@ $(LDFLAGS) $(OS_LIBS) $(EXTRA_LIBS)
else
$(CC) -o $@ $(CFLAGS) $(OBJS) $(LDFLAGS)
endif
endif # WINNT && !GCC
ifdef ENABLE_STRIP
$(STRIP) $@
endif
$(LIBRARY): $(OBJS)
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
rm -f $@
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(AR) $(subst /,\\,$(OBJS)) $(AR_FLAGS)
else
$(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(OBJS) $(AR_EXTRA_ARGS)
endif
$(RANLIB) $@
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET), OS2)
$(IMPORT_LIBRARY): $(MAPFILE)
rm -f $@
$(IMPLIB) $@ $(MAPFILE)
endif
$(SHARED_LIBRARY): $(OBJS) $(RES) $(MAPFILE)
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
rm -f $@
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH)$(OS_RELEASE), AIX4.1)
echo "#!" > $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)_syms
nm -B -C -g $(OBJS) \
| awk '/ [T,D] / {print $$3}' \
| sed -e 's/^\.//' \
| sort -u >> $(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)_syms
$(LD) $(XCFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) -bE:$(OBJDIR)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)_syms \
-bM:SRE -bnoentry $(OS_LIBS) $(EXTRA_LIBS)
else # AIX 4.1
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
$(LINK_DLL) -MAP $(DLLBASE) $(DLL_LIBS) $(EXTRA_LIBS) $(OBJS) $(RES)
ifdef MT
@if test -f $@.manifest; then \
$(MT) -NOLOGO -MANIFEST $@.manifest -OUTPUTRESOURCE:$@\;2; \
rm -f $@.manifest; \
fi
endif # MSVC with manifest tool
else # WINNT && !GCC
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(LINK_DLL) $(DLLBASE) $(OBJS) $(OS_LIBS) $(EXTRA_LIBS) $(MAPFILE)
else # !os2 vacpp
ifeq ($(OS_TARGET), OpenVMS)
@if test ! -f $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE); then \
if test -f $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE_MODULE); then \
echo Creating component options file $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE); \
cp $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE_MODULE) $(VMS_SYMVEC_FILE); \
fi; \
fi
endif # OpenVMS
$(MKSHLIB) $(OBJS) $(RES) $(EXTRA_LIBS)
endif # OS2 vacpp
endif # WINNT && !GCC
endif # AIX 4.1
ifdef ENABLE_STRIP
$(STRIP) $@
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),WINNT)
$(RES): $(RESNAME)
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
# The resource compiler does not understand the -U option.
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
$(RC) $(RCFLAGS) $(filter-out -U%,$(DEFINES)) $(INCLUDES:-I%=--include-dir %) -o $@ $<
else
$(RC) $(RCFLAGS) $(filter-out -U%,$(DEFINES)) $(INCLUDES) -Fo$@ $<
endif # GCC
@echo $(RES) finished
endif
$(MAPFILE): $(LIBRARY_NAME).def
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),SunOS)
grep -v ';-' $< | \
sed -e 's,;+,,' -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,;,' > $@
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),OS2)
echo LIBRARY $(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION) INITINSTANCE TERMINSTANCE > $@
echo PROTMODE >> $@
echo CODE LOADONCALL MOVEABLE DISCARDABLE >> $@
echo DATA PRELOAD MOVEABLE MULTIPLE NONSHARED >> $@
echo EXPORTS >> $@
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
grep -v ';+' $< | grep -v ';-' | \
sed -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,,' >> $@
else
grep -v ';+' $< | grep -v ';-' | \
sed -e 's; DATA ;;' -e 's,;;,,' -e 's,;.*,,' -e 's,\([\t ]*\),\1_,' | \
awk 'BEGIN {ord=1;} { print($$0 " @" ord " RESIDENTNAME"); ord++;}' >> $@
$(ADD_TO_DEF_FILE)
endif
endif
#
# Translate source filenames to absolute paths. This is required for
# debuggers under Windows and OS/2 to find source files automatically.
#
ifeq (,$(filter-out AIX OS2,$(OS_ARCH)))
NEED_ABSOLUTE_PATH = 1
endif
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
NEED_ABSOLUTE_PATH = 1
endif
ifdef NEED_ABSOLUTE_PATH
PWD := $(shell pwd)
abspath = $(if $(findstring :,$(1)),$(1),$(if $(filter /%,$(1)),$(1),$(PWD)/$(1)))
endif
$(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): %.cpp
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
$(CCC) -Fo$@ -c $(CCCFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(CCC) -Fo$@ -c $(CCCFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
ifdef NEED_ABSOLUTE_PATH
$(CCC) -o $@ -c $(CCCFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
$(CCC) -o $@ -c $(CCCFLAGS) $<
endif
endif
endif
WCCFLAGS1 = $(subst /,\\,$(CFLAGS))
WCCFLAGS2 = $(subst -I,-i=,$(WCCFLAGS1))
WCCFLAGS3 = $(subst -D,-d,$(WCCFLAGS2))
$(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): %.c
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
$(CC) -Fo$@ -c $(CFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(CC) -Fo$@ -c $(CFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
ifdef NEED_ABSOLUTE_PATH
$(CC) -o $@ -c $(CFLAGS) $(call abspath,$<)
else
$(CC) -o $@ -c $(CFLAGS) $<
endif
endif
endif
$(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): %.s
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
$(AS) -o $@ $(ASFLAGS) -c $<
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS),VACPP)
$(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): %.asm
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
$(AS) -Fdo:./$(OBJDIR) $(ASFLAGS) $<
endif
%.i: %.c
$(CC) -C -E $(CFLAGS) $< > $*.i
%: %.pl
rm -f $@; cp $< $@; chmod +x $@
#
# HACK ALERT
#
# The only purpose of this rule is to pass Mozilla's Tinderbox depend
# builds (http://tinderbox.mozilla.org/showbuilds.cgi). Mozilla's
# Tinderbox builds NSPR continuously as part of the Mozilla client.
# Because NSPR's make depend is not implemented, whenever we change
# an NSPR header file, the depend build does not recompile the NSPR
# files that depend on the header.
#
# This rule makes all the objects depend on a dummy header file.
# Touch this dummy header file to force the depend build to recompile
# everything.
#
# This rule should be removed when make depend is implemented.
#
DUMMY_DEPEND_H = $(topsrcdir)/config/prdepend.h
$(filter $(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX),$(OBJS)): $(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): $(DUMMY_DEPEND_H)
# END OF HACK
################################################################################
# Special gmake rules.
################################################################################
#
# Re-define the list of default suffixes, so gmake won't have to churn through
# hundreds of built-in suffix rules for stuff we don't need.
#
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .a .$(OBJ_SUFFIX) .c .cpp .s .h .i .pl
#
# Fake targets. Always run these rules, even if a file/directory with that
# name already exists.
#
.PHONY: all alltags clean export install libs realclean release
#
# List the target pattern of an implicit rule as a dependency of the
# special target .PRECIOUS to preserve intermediate files made by
# implicit rules whose target patterns match that file's name.
# (See GNU Make documentation, Edition 0.51, May 1996, Sec. 10.4,
# p. 107.)
#
.PRECIOUS: $(OBJDIR)/%.$(OBJ_SUFFIX)

View File

@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
Aliases.h
arpa/inet.h
assert.h
bsd/libc.h
bsd/syscall.h
bstring.h
builtin.h
c_asm.h
cf.h
CFBundle.h
CFData.h
CFDictionary.h
CFString.h
CFURL.h
CodeFragments.h
commdlg.h
crt_externs.h
crypt.h
ctype.h
descrip.h
Devices.h
direct.h
dirent.h
dlfcn.h
dl.h
DriverServices.h
dvidef.h
errno.h
Errors.h
Events.h
fcntl.h
fibdef.h
files.h
Files.h
float.h
Folders.h
Gestalt.h
getopt.h
grp.h
ia64/sys/inline.h
ifaddrs.h
image.h
ints.h
iodef.h
io.h
iostream.h
kernel/OS.h
lib$routines.h
limits.h
loader.h
locale.h
LowMem.h
MacErrors.h
machine/builtins.h
machine/clock.h
machine/endian.h
machine/inline.h
mach/mach_init.h
mach/mach_host.h
mach-o/dyld.h
MacTypes.h
Math64.h
math.h
mbstring.h
memory.h
MixedMode.h
model.h
mswsock.h
Multiprocessing.h
mutex.h
netdb.h
net/if.h
netinet/in.h
netinet/in_systm.h
netinet/tcp.h
OpenTptInternet.h
OpenTransport.h
os2.h
OS.h
osreldate.h
OSUtils.h
poll.h
PPCToolbox.h
Processes.h
process.h
pthread.h
pwd.h
QDOffscreen.h
Resources.h
rld_interface.h
rpc/types.h
semaphore.h
setjmp.h
share.h
signal.h
ssdef.h
starlet.h
stat.h
stdarg.h
stddef.h
stdio.h
stdlib.h
string.h
stropts.h
stsdef.h
support/SupportDefs.h
support/TLS.h
synch.h
sys/atomic_op.h
syscall.h
sys/cfgodm.h
sys/file.h
sys/filio.h
sys/immu.h
sys/ioctl.h
sys/ipc.h
sys/ldr.h
sys/locking.h
sys/lwp.h
sys/mman.h
sys/mpctl.h
sys/param.h
sys/pda.h
sys/poll.h
sys/prctl.h
sys/priv.h
sys/procfs.h
sys/pstat.h
sys/regset.h
sys/resource.h
sys/sched.h
sys/select.h
sys/sem.h
sys/sendfile.h
sys/shm.h
sys/socket.h
sys/stack.h
sys/stat.h
sys/statvfs.h
sys/syscall.h
sys/sysctl.h
sys/sysmp.h
sys/syssgi.h
sys/systeminfo.h
sys/timeb.h
sys/time.h
sys/times.h
sys/types.h
sys/ucontext.h
sys/uio.h
sys/utsname.h
sys/wait.h
task.h
TextUtils.h
thread.h
time.h
Timer.h
types.h
Types.h
ucontext.h
ucx$inetdef.h
ulocks.h
unistd.h
unix.h
unixlib.h
utime.h
wchar.h
winbase.h
win/compobj.h
windef.h
windows.h
winsock.h

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#! gmake
MOD_DEPTH = ..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
export NSPR20=1
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
DIRS = ds libc
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
export:: $(TARGETS)

View File

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
#
# This is a list of local files which get copied to the mozilla:dist directory
#
plarenas.h
plarena.h
plhash.h

View File

@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
#
# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
#
# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
# License.
#
# The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
#
# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
# Netscape Communications Corporation.
# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998-2000
# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
#
# Contributor(s):
#
# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
#
# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
#! gmake
MOD_DEPTH = ../..
topsrcdir = @top_srcdir@
srcdir = @srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
include $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
include $(topsrcdir)/config/config.mk
INCLUDES = -I$(dist_includedir) -I$(topsrcdir)/pr/include
CSRCS = \
plarena.c \
plhash.c \
plvrsion.c \
$(NULL)
HEADERS = \
plarenas.h \
plarena.h \
plhash.h \
$(NULL)
HEADERS := $(addprefix $(srcdir)/, $(HEADERS))
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), WINNT)
RES=$(OBJDIR)/plds.res
RESNAME=plds.rc
endif # WINNT
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), AIX)
ifeq ($(CLASSIC_NSPR),1)
OS_LIBS = -lc
else
OS_LIBS = -lc_r
endif
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),IRIX)
OS_LIBS = -lc
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),SunOS)
OS_LIBS = -lc
MAPFILE = $(OBJDIR)/pldsmap.sun
GARBAGE += $(MAPFILE)
ifdef NS_USE_GCC
ifdef GCC_USE_GNU_LD
MKSHLIB += -Wl,--version-script,$(MAPFILE)
else
MKSHLIB += -Wl,-M,$(MAPFILE)
endif
else
MKSHLIB += -M $(MAPFILE)
endif
# The -R '$ORIGIN' linker option instructs this library to search for its
# dependencies in the same directory where it resides.
MKSHLIB += -R '$$ORIGIN'
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),OS2)
MAPFILE = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).def
GARBAGE += $(MAPFILE)
MKSHLIB += $(MAPFILE)
endif
EXTRA_LIBS = $(LIBNSPR)
# On NCR and SCOOS, we can't link with extra libraries when
# we build a shared library. If we do so, the linker doesn't
# complain, but we would run into weird problems at run-time.
# Therefore on these platforms, we link just the .o files.
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),NCR)
EXTRA_LIBS =
endif
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),SCOOS)
EXTRA_LIBS =
endif
ifdef RESOLVE_LINK_SYMBOLS
EXTRA_LIBS += $(OS_LIBS)
endif
LIBRARY_NAME = plds
LIBRARY_VERSION = $(MOD_MAJOR_VERSION)
RELEASE_HEADERS = $(HEADERS)
RELEASE_HEADERS_DEST = $(RELEASE_INCLUDE_DIR)
RELEASE_LIBS = $(TARGETS)
include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
#
# Version information generation (begin)
#
ECHO = echo
TINC = $(OBJDIR)/_pl_bld.h
PROD = $(notdir $(SHARED_LIBRARY))
NOW = $(MOD_DEPTH)/config/$(OBJDIR)/now
SH_DATE = $(shell date "+%Y-%m-%d %T")
SH_NOW = $(shell $(NOW))
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
SUF = i64
else
SUF = LL
endif
GARBAGE += $(TINC)
$(TINC):
@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
@$(ECHO) '#define _BUILD_STRING "$(SH_DATE)"' > $(TINC)
@if test ! -z "$(SH_NOW)"; then \
$(ECHO) '#define _BUILD_TIME $(SH_NOW)$(SUF)' >> $(TINC); \
else \
true; \
fi
@$(ECHO) '#define _PRODUCTION "$(PROD)"' >> $(TINC)
$(OBJDIR)/plvrsion.$(OBJ_SUFFIX): plvrsion.c $(TINC)
ifeq ($(NS_USE_GCC)_$(OS_ARCH),_WINNT)
$(CC) -Fo$@ -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(OBJDIR) $<
else
ifeq ($(MOZ_OS2_TOOLS), VACPP)
$(CC) -Fo$@ -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(OBJDIR) $<
else
$(CC) -o $@ -c $(CFLAGS) -I$(OBJDIR) $<
endif
endif
#
# Version information generation (end)
#
#
# The Client build wants the shared libraries in $(dist_bindir),
# so we also install them there.
#
export:: $(TARGETS)
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(HEADERS) $(dist_includedir)
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(TARGETS) $(dist_libdir)
ifdef SHARED_LIBRARY
ifeq ($(OS_ARCH),HP-UX)
$(INSTALL) -m 755 $(SHARED_LIBRARY) $(dist_libdir)
$(INSTALL) -m 755 $(SHARED_LIBRARY) $(dist_bindir)
else
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(SHARED_LIBRARY) $(dist_bindir)
endif
endif
ifeq ($(MOZ_BITS),16)
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(HEADERS) $(MOZ_INCL)
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(TARGETS) $(MOZ_DIST)/lib
$(INSTALL) -m 444 $(TARGETS) $(MOZ_DIST)/bin
endif

View File

@@ -1,432 +0,0 @@
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
* Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
*
* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
* 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
* the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
* http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
*
* Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
* WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
* for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
* License.
*
* The Original Code is the Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR).
*
* The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
* Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
* Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
* Rights Reserved.
*
* Contributor(s):
*
* Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
* either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
* the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
* in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
* of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
* under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
* use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
* decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
* and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
* the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
* the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
*
* ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
*/
/*
* Lifetime-based fast allocation, inspired by much prior art, including
* "Fast Allocation and Deallocation of Memory Based on Object Lifetimes"
* David R. Hanson, Software -- Practice and Experience, Vol. 20(1).
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "plarena.h"
#include "prmem.h"
#include "prbit.h"
#include "prlog.h"
#include "prlock.h"
#include "prinit.h"
static PLArena *arena_freelist;
#ifdef PL_ARENAMETER
static PLArenaStats *arena_stats_list;
#define COUNT(pool,what) (pool)->stats.what++
#else
#define COUNT(pool,what) /* nothing */
#endif
#define PL_ARENA_DEFAULT_ALIGN sizeof(double)
static PRLock *arenaLock;
static PRCallOnceType once;
/*
** InitializeArenas() -- Initialize arena operations.
**
** InitializeArenas() is called exactly once and only once from
** LockArena(). This function creates the arena protection
** lock: arenaLock.
**
** Note: If the arenaLock cannot be created, InitializeArenas()
** fails quietly, returning only PR_FAILURE. This percolates up
** to the application using the Arena API. He gets no arena
** from PL_ArenaAllocate(). It's up to him to fail gracefully
** or recover.
**
*/
static PRStatus InitializeArenas( void )
{
PR_ASSERT( arenaLock == NULL );
arenaLock = PR_NewLock();
if ( arenaLock == NULL )
return PR_FAILURE;
else
return PR_SUCCESS;
} /* end ArenaInitialize() */
static PRStatus LockArena( void )
{
PRStatus rc = PR_CallOnce( &once, InitializeArenas );
if ( PR_FAILURE != rc )
PR_Lock( arenaLock );
return(rc);
} /* end LockArena() */
static void UnlockArena( void )
{
PR_Unlock( arenaLock );
return;
} /* end UnlockArena() */
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_InitArenaPool(
PLArenaPool *pool, const char *name, PRUint32 size, PRUint32 align)
{
#if defined(XP_MAC)
#pragma unused (name)
#endif
if (align == 0)
align = PL_ARENA_DEFAULT_ALIGN;
pool->mask = PR_BITMASK(PR_CeilingLog2(align));
pool->first.next = NULL;
pool->first.base = pool->first.avail = pool->first.limit =
(PRUword)PL_ARENA_ALIGN(pool, &pool->first + 1);
pool->current = &pool->first;
pool->arenasize = size;
#ifdef PL_ARENAMETER
memset(&pool->stats, 0, sizeof pool->stats);
pool->stats.name = strdup(name);
pool->stats.next = arena_stats_list;
arena_stats_list = &pool->stats;
#endif
}
/*
** PL_ArenaAllocate() -- allocate space from an arena pool
**
** Description: PL_ArenaAllocate() allocates space from an arena
** pool.
**
** First, try to satisfy the request from arenas starting at
** pool->current.
**
** If there is not enough space in the arena pool->current, try
** to claim an arena, on a first fit basis, from the global
** freelist (arena_freelist).
**
** If no arena in arena_freelist is suitable, then try to
** allocate a new arena from the heap.
**
** Returns: pointer to allocated space or NULL
**
** Notes: The original implementation had some difficult to
** solve bugs; the code was difficult to read. Sometimes it's
** just easier to rewrite it. I did that. larryh.
**
** See also: bugzilla: 45343.
**
*/
PR_IMPLEMENT(void *) PL_ArenaAllocate(PLArenaPool *pool, PRUint32 nb)
{
PLArena *a;
char *rp; /* returned pointer */
PR_ASSERT((nb & pool->mask) == 0);
nb = (PRUword)PL_ARENA_ALIGN(pool, nb); /* force alignment */
/* attempt to allocate from arenas at pool->current */
{
a = pool->current;
do {
if ( a->avail +nb <= a->limit ) {
pool->current = a;
rp = (char *)a->avail;
a->avail += nb;
return rp;
}
} while( NULL != (a = a->next) );
}
/* attempt to allocate from arena_freelist */
{
PLArena *p; /* previous pointer, for unlinking from freelist */
/* lock the arena_freelist. Make access to the freelist MT-Safe */
if ( PR_FAILURE == LockArena())
return(0);
for ( a = arena_freelist, p = NULL; a != NULL ; p = a, a = a->next ) {
if ( a->base +nb <= a->limit ) {
if ( p == NULL )
arena_freelist = a->next;
else
p->next = a->next;
UnlockArena();
a->avail = a->base;
rp = (char *)a->avail;
a->avail += nb;
/* the newly allocated arena is linked after pool->current
* and becomes pool->current */
a->next = pool->current->next;
pool->current->next = a;
pool->current = a;
if ( NULL == pool->first.next )
pool->first.next = a;
return(rp);
}
}
UnlockArena();
}
/* attempt to allocate from the heap */
{
PRUint32 sz = PR_MAX(pool->arenasize, nb);
sz += sizeof *a + pool->mask; /* header and alignment slop */
a = (PLArena*)PR_MALLOC(sz);
if ( NULL != a ) {
a->limit = (PRUword)a + sz;
a->base = a->avail = (PRUword)PL_ARENA_ALIGN(pool, a + 1);
rp = (char *)a->avail;
a->avail += nb;
/* the newly allocated arena is linked after pool->current
* and becomes pool->current */
a->next = pool->current->next;
pool->current->next = a;
pool->current = a;
if ( NULL == pool->first.next )
pool->first.next = a;
PL_COUNT_ARENA(pool,++);
COUNT(pool, nmallocs);
return(rp);
}
}
/* we got to here, and there's no memory to allocate */
return(NULL);
} /* --- end PL_ArenaAllocate() --- */
PR_IMPLEMENT(void *) PL_ArenaGrow(
PLArenaPool *pool, void *p, PRUint32 size, PRUint32 incr)
{
void *newp;
PL_ARENA_ALLOCATE(newp, pool, size + incr);
if (newp)
memcpy(newp, p, size);
return newp;
}
/*
* Free tail arenas linked after head, which may not be the true list head.
* Reset pool->current to point to head in case it pointed at a tail arena.
*/
static void FreeArenaList(PLArenaPool *pool, PLArena *head, PRBool reallyFree)
{
PLArena **ap, *a;
ap = &head->next;
a = *ap;
if (!a)
return;
#ifdef DEBUG
do {
PR_ASSERT(a->base <= a->avail && a->avail <= a->limit);
a->avail = a->base;
PL_CLEAR_UNUSED(a);
} while ((a = a->next) != 0);
a = *ap;
#endif
if (reallyFree) {
do {
*ap = a->next;
PL_CLEAR_ARENA(a);
PL_COUNT_ARENA(pool,--);
PR_DELETE(a);
} while ((a = *ap) != 0);
} else {
/* Insert the whole arena chain at the front of the freelist. */
do {
ap = &(*ap)->next;
} while (*ap);
LockArena();
*ap = arena_freelist;
arena_freelist = a;
head->next = 0;
UnlockArena();
}
pool->current = head;
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaRelease(PLArenaPool *pool, char *mark)
{
PLArena *a;
for (a = pool->first.next; a; a = a->next) {
if (PR_UPTRDIFF(mark, a->base) < PR_UPTRDIFF(a->avail, a->base)) {
a->avail = (PRUword)PL_ARENA_ALIGN(pool, mark);
FreeArenaList(pool, a, PR_FALSE);
return;
}
}
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_FreeArenaPool(PLArenaPool *pool)
{
FreeArenaList(pool, &pool->first, PR_FALSE);
COUNT(pool, ndeallocs);
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_FinishArenaPool(PLArenaPool *pool)
{
FreeArenaList(pool, &pool->first, PR_TRUE);
#ifdef PL_ARENAMETER
{
PLArenaStats *stats, **statsp;
if (pool->stats.name)
PR_DELETE(pool->stats.name);
for (statsp = &arena_stats_list; (stats = *statsp) != 0;
statsp = &stats->next) {
if (stats == &pool->stats) {
*statsp = stats->next;
return;
}
}
}
#endif
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_CompactArenaPool(PLArenaPool *ap)
{
#if XP_MAC
#pragma unused (ap)
#if 0
PRArena *curr = &(ap->first);
while (curr) {
reallocSmaller(curr, curr->avail - (uprword_t)curr);
curr->limit = curr->avail;
curr = curr->next;
}
#endif
#endif
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaFinish(void)
{
PLArena *a, *next;
for (a = arena_freelist; a; a = next) {
next = a->next;
PR_DELETE(a);
}
arena_freelist = NULL;
if (arenaLock) {
PR_DestroyLock(arenaLock);
arenaLock = NULL;
}
}
#ifdef PL_ARENAMETER
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaCountAllocation(PLArenaPool *pool, PRUint32 nb)
{
pool->stats.nallocs++;
pool->stats.nbytes += nb;
if (nb > pool->stats.maxalloc)
pool->stats.maxalloc = nb;
pool->stats.variance += nb * nb;
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaCountInplaceGrowth(
PLArenaPool *pool, PRUint32 size, PRUint32 incr)
{
pool->stats.ninplace++;
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaCountGrowth(
PLArenaPool *pool, PRUint32 size, PRUint32 incr)
{
pool->stats.ngrows++;
pool->stats.nbytes += incr;
pool->stats.variance -= size * size;
size += incr;
if (size > pool->stats.maxalloc)
pool->stats.maxalloc = size;
pool->stats.variance += size * size;
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaCountRelease(PLArenaPool *pool, char *mark)
{
pool->stats.nreleases++;
}
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_ArenaCountRetract(PLArenaPool *pool, char *mark)
{
pool->stats.nfastrels++;
}
#include <math.h>
#include <stdio.h>
PR_IMPLEMENT(void) PL_DumpArenaStats(FILE *fp)
{
PLArenaStats *stats;
double mean, variance;
for (stats = arena_stats_list; stats; stats = stats->next) {
if (stats->nallocs != 0) {
mean = (double)stats->nbytes / stats->nallocs;
variance = fabs(stats->variance / stats->nallocs - mean * mean);
} else {
mean = variance = 0;
}
fprintf(fp, "\n%s allocation statistics:\n", stats->name);
fprintf(fp, " number of arenas: %u\n", stats->narenas);
fprintf(fp, " number of allocations: %u\n", stats->nallocs);
fprintf(fp, " number of free arena reclaims: %u\n", stats->nreclaims);
fprintf(fp, " number of malloc calls: %u\n", stats->nmallocs);
fprintf(fp, " number of deallocations: %u\n", stats->ndeallocs);
fprintf(fp, " number of allocation growths: %u\n", stats->ngrows);
fprintf(fp, " number of in-place growths: %u\n", stats->ninplace);
fprintf(fp, "number of released allocations: %u\n", stats->nreleases);
fprintf(fp, " number of fast releases: %u\n", stats->nfastrels);
fprintf(fp, " total bytes allocated: %u\n", stats->nbytes);
fprintf(fp, " mean allocation size: %g\n", mean);
fprintf(fp, " standard deviation: %g\n", sqrt(variance));
fprintf(fp, " maximum allocation size: %u\n", stats->maxalloc);
}
}
#endif /* PL_ARENAMETER */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More